specification - herefordshire and ludlow...

Specification

Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Diploma in Professional Competence for IT and Telecoms Professionals (QCF)



For first registration September 2010

Issue 2

Edexcel NVQ/competence-based qualifications

Edexcel, a Pearson company, is the UK’s largest awarding organisation offering vocational and academic qualifications and testing, to employers, training providers, colleges, schools, and other places of learning in the UK, and in over 85 countries worldwide.

Our specialist suite of qualifications include NVQs, Apprenticeships, WorkSkills, Functional Skills, Foundation Learning, as well as our exclusive range of BTECs, from entry level right through to Higher National Diplomas.

References to third party material made in this specification are made in good faith. Edexcel does not endorse, approve or accept responsibility for the content of materials, which may be subject to change, or any opinions expressed therein. (Material may include textbooks, journals, magazines and other publications and websites.)

Authorised by Roger Beard Prepared by Yvette Allen

Publications Code B026690

All the material in this publication is copyright © Edexcel Limited 2011

Contents

Qualification titles covered by this specification 1

Key features of the Professional Competence for IT and Telecoms Professionals qualifications 3

What is the purpose of these qualifications? 3

Who are these qualifications for? 3

What are the benefits of these qualifications to the learner and employer? 7

What are the potential job roles for those working towards these qualifications? 7

What progression opportunities are available to learners who achieve these qualifications? 8

What are the qualification structures for the Edexcel BTEC Diplomas in Professional Competence for IT and Telecoms Professionals (QCF)? 9

Assessment strategy 9

Types of evidence 11

Centre recognition and approval 12 Centre recognition 12

Approvals agreement 12

Quality assurance 12

What resources are required to deliver these qualifications? 12

Unit format 13

Qualification Structures 15 Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Diploma in Professional Competence for IT and Telecoms Professionals (QCF) 16

Understanding the unit structure 16

Edexcel BTEC Level 3 Diploma in Professional Competence for IT and Telecoms Professionals (QCF) 23


Edexcel BTEC Level 4 Diploma in Professional Competence for IT and Telecoms Professionals (QCF) 30


Units 37 Unit title: Health and Safety in ICT 39

Unit title: Develop Own Effectiveness and Professionalism 41



Unit title: Customer Care in ICT 53



Unit title: Interpersonal and Written Communication 67



Unit title: Data modelling 83

Unit title: Data Modelling 85

Unit title: Data Structures and Algorithms 89

Unit title: Technical Fault Diagnosis 93



Unit title: Working with ICT Hardware and Equipment 109



Unit title: Working with ICT hardware and equipment Level 4 121

Unit title: Introduction to IT Systems Development 125

Unit title: Investigating and Defining Customer Requirements for ICT Systems 129

Unit title: Investigating and Defining Customer Requirements for ICT Systems 133

Unit title: Managing Software Development 137

Unit title: Computer Games Development 141

Unit title: Computer Games Development 143

Unit title: Creating a Procedural Computer Program 147

Unit title: Creating a Procedural Computer Program 151

Unit title: Designing and Developing Procedural Computer Programs 155

Unit title: Creating an Object-Oriented Computer Program 159

Unit title: Creating an Object-Oriented Computer Program 163

Unit title: Designing and Developing Object-Oriented Computer Programs 167

Unit title: Creating an Event-Driven Computer Program 171

Unit title: Creating an Event-Driven Computer Program 175

Unit title: Designing and Developing Event-Driven Computer Programs 179

Unit title: Customer Apparatus and Line Installation 183

Unit title: Quality Management of ICT Products and Services 191

Unit title: Remote Support for Products or Services 195



Unit title: Remote Support for ICT Products or Services 209

Unit title: Security of ICT Systems 213



Unit title: Software Installation and Upgrade 225



Unit title: System Management 233

Unit title: System Management 235

Unit title: System Operation 237

Unit title: ICT System Operation 241

Unit title: System Operation 245

Unit title: Technical Advice and Guidance 249

Unit title: Technical Advice and Guidance 253

Unit title: Technical Advice and Guidance Level 4 257

Unit title: Testing ICT Systems 261



Unit title: User Profile Administration 277

Unit title: User Profile Administration 279

Unit title: Using and Managing Bowman Systems for Advanced Signallers 283

Unit title: Designing and Developing a Website 289

Unit title: Database Software 293



Unit title: Using Email 305



Unit title: Using the Internet 317



Unit title: Presentation Software 331



Unit title: Spreadsheet Software 347



Unit title: Website Software 359



Unit title: Word Processing Software 373

Unit title: Word Processing software 377

Unit title: Word Processing Software 381

Unit title: Project Management Software 387



Unit title: Imaging Software 399



Unit title: Copper Cable Jointing and Closure Techniques 411

Unit title: Fibre Telecommunications Techniques 415

Further information 419

Useful publications 419 How to obtain National Occupational Standards 419

Professional development and training 420

Annexe A: Progression pathways 422 The Edexcel/BTEC qualification framework for the Information Technology and Telecommunications sector 422

Annexe B: Quality assurance 426 Key principles of quality assurance 426

Quality assurance processes 426

Annexe C: Centre certification and registration 428 What are the access arrangements and special considerations for the qualifications in this specification? 428

Annexe D: Assessment strategy 430

Annexe E: Relationship between new and legacy units 434

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

1

Qual

ific

atio

n t

itle

s co

vere

d b

y th

is s

pec

ific

atio

n

This

spec

ific

atio

n g

ives

you t

he

info

rmation y

ou n

eed t

o o

ffer

the

Edex

cel BTEC D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal C

om

pet

ence

for

IT a

nd

Tel

ecom

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

Qu

alifi

cati

on

tit

le

Qu

alifi

cati

on

A

ccre

dit

ati

on

N

um

ber

(QA

N)

Acc

red

itati

on

st

art

date

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2 D

iplo

ma

in P

rofe

ssio

nal

Com

pet

ence

for

IT a

nd T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

5

01

/1

29

0/

9

01/0

9/2

010

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

3 D

iplo

ma

in P

rofe

ssio

nal

Com

pet

ence

for

IT a

nd T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

5

01

/1

29

1/

0

01/0

9/2

010

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

4 D

iplo

ma

in P

rofe

ssio

nal

Com

pet

ence

for

IT a

nd T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

5

01

/1

29

2/

2

01/0

9/2

010

Thes

e qual

ific

atio

ns

hav

e bee

n a

ccre

dited

within

the

Qual

ific

ations

and C

redit F

ram

ework

(Q

CF)

and a

re e

ligib

le for

public

fu

ndin

g a

s det

erm

ined

by

the

Dep

artm

ent

for

Educa

tion (

DfE

) under

Sec

tions

96 a

nd 9

7 o

f th

e Le

arnin

g a

nd S

kills

Act

2000.

The

qual

ific

atio

n t

itle

s lis

ted a

bove

fea

ture

in t

he

fundin

g lis

ts p

ublis

hed

annual

ly b

y th

e D

fE a

nd t

he

regula

rly

updat

ed w

ebsi

te.

They

will

als

o a

ppea

r on t

he

Learn

ing A

ims

Dat

abase

(LA

D),

wher

e re

leva

nt.

You s

hould

use

the

QCF

Qualif

icat

ion A

ccre

ditat

ion N

um

ber

(Q

AN

), w

hen

you w

ish t

o s

eek

public

fundin

g for

your

learn

ers.

Each

unit w

ithin

a q

ualif

ication w

ill a

lso h

ave

a u

niq

ue

QC

F re

fere

nce

num

ber

, w

hic

h is

liste

d in t

his

spec

ific

atio

n.

The

QCF

qual

ific

atio

n t

itle

and u

nit r

efer

ence

num

ber

s w

ill a

ppea

r on t

he

lear

ner

s’ f

inal

cer

tifica

tion d

ocu

men

t. L

earn

ers

nee

d t

o

be

made

aw

are

of th

is w

hen

they

are

rec

ruited

by

the

centr

e an

d r

egis

tere

d w

ith E

dex

cel.

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

2 Thes

e titles

rep

lace

the

follo

win

g q

ual

ific

atio

ns

from

Sep

tem

ber

2010:

Qu

alifi

cati

on

tit

le

Qu

alifi

cati

on

A

ccre

dit

ati

on

N

um

ber

(QA

N)

Acc

red

itati

on

st

art

date

A

ccre

dit

ati

on

en

d d

ate

ED

EXCEL

Leve

l 2 B

TEC D

iplo

ma

in I

CT P

rofe

ssio

nal

Com

pet

ence

(Q

CF)

500/3

472/8

01/0

1/2

008

31/1

2/2

010

ED

EXCEL

Leve

l 3 B

TEC D

iplo

ma

in I

CT P

rofe

ssio

nal

Com

pet

ence

(Q

CF)

500/3

471/6

01/0

1/2

008

31/1

2/2

010

B026690 – Specification – Level 2, Level 3 and Level 4 Diplomas in Professional Competence for IT and Telecoms Professionals (QCF)– Issue 2 – May 2011 © Edexcel Limited 2011

3

Key features of the Professional Competence for IT and Telecoms Professionals qualifications

These qualifications:

• are nationally recognised

• are based on the National Occupational Standards (NOS) for IT and Telecoms Professionals. The NOS assessment requirements/strategy and qualification structure are owned by e-skills UK. The e-skills UK NOS detail the range of discrete areas of competence needed to describe the diverse job roles in the IT and Telecoms industries, and IT professional jobs in other sectors. The e-skills UK NOS also include the discrete areas of competence needed by IT users in all sectors of industry. They have been developed in consultation with employers, and are articulated and maintained by e-skills UK on behalf of industry. NOS provide a common industry-recognised reference framework that can be used for a variety of training and development purposes, for example writing and reviewing job descriptions, assessing staff or developing training programmes such as apprenticeships. NOS also underpin vocational qualifications – i.e. National Vocational Qualifications (NVQs) in England and Wales and the Scottish Vocational Qualifications (SVQs) in Scotland.

The Edexcel BTEC Professional Competence for IT and Telecoms Professionals suite of qualifications has been approved as the components required for the IT apprenticeship framework.

What is the purpose of these qualifications?

These qualifications are designed to prepare learners for employment in the IT and Telecoms sector and are suitable for those who have decided that they wish to enter a specific area of work within the IT and Telecoms industry.

Who are these qualifications for?

These qualifications are for all learners aged 14 -19 and above who are capable of reaching the required standards.

Edexcel’s policy is that the qualifications should:

• be free from any barriers that restrict access and progression

• ensure equality of opportunity for all wishing to access the qualifications.

B026690 – Specification – Level 2, Level 3 and Level 4 Diplomas in Professional Competence for IT and Telecoms Professionals (QCF) – Issue 2 – May 2011 © Edexcel Limited 2011

4

Apprenticeship Framework Information

Apprenticeship (Level 2)

Outcomes Qualifications Details

Mandatory units (9 credits)

Personal Effectiveness Level 2

Health and Safety Level 1

Optional units - a minimum of 39 credits

Includes new and existing NOS-based units and vendor units

Competence Element

Level 2 Diploma in Professional Competence for IT and Telecoms Professionals

Total of 48 credits, of which 60% must be at Level 2 or above.

Restricted optional units - up to a maximum of 12 credits

Includes IT User options

Knowledge Element

Award or Certificate in ICT Systems and Principles

(minimum 12 credits)

Includes new e-skills UK shared units

No mandatory units specified by e-skills UK

Functional Skills

Functional Maths Level 1

Functional English Level 1

The relaxation rule for apprentices will continue for Functional Skills until 2016.

This means new apprentices with appropriate GCSEs in Maths and English, grade A*-C will not need to complete Functional Skills

Personal Learning & Thinking Skills

Mapped to Competence qualification

The 6 Personal Learning & Thinking Skills have been mapped into the new Personal Effectiveness unit at Level 2


5

Advanced Apprenticeship (Level 3)






Includes new and existing NOS-based units, and vendor units

Competence Element


Total of 72 credits, of which 60% must be at Level 3 or above.



Knowledge Element

Level 3 Certificate or Diploma in ICT Systems ans Principles

(minimum 24 credits)

Includes new e-skills shared units


Functional Skills









6

Higher Apprenticeship (Level 4)






Includes new and existing NOS-based units, and vendor units

Competence Element


Total of 80 Credits, of which 60% must be at Level 4 or above.



Knowledge Element

Appropriate Foundation Degree in IT, Computing or Telecoms

Level 4 QCF Diplomas will be considered for future inclusion in the framework.

Includes new e-skills UK shared units


Functional Skills









7

What are the benefits of these qualifications to the learner and employer?

Professional Competence qualifications give learners the opportunity to:

• engage in learning which is relevant to them and will provide opportunities to develop a range of skills and techniques, personal skills and attributes essential for successful performance in working life

• gain knowledge, understanding and skills they need to prepare for employment

• gain a nationally recognised vocationally specific qualification to enter employment in the IT sector or to progress to higher education vocational qualifications

• develop functional skills and personal learning and thinking skills essential for successful performance in working life

• certificate smaller blocks of learning which are designed to motivate them and encourage widening participation in education and training.

What are the potential job roles for those working towards these qualifications?

• Business Analyst

• Computer Games Designer

• Computer Games Technical Support person

• Computer Hardware Engineer

• Computer Service Technician

• internet/Web Professional

• IT Product Developer

• IT Technical Sales Specialist

• IT Trainer

• Telecommunications Technician


8

What progression opportunities are available to learners who achieve these qualifications?

At Level 2 learners could progress to employment in the IT and Telecoms sector or to higher education vocational qualifications such as the Edexcel BTEC Level 3 Diploma in IT.

At Level 3 learners could progress to employment in the IT sector or to higher education vocational qualifications such as the Edexcel BTEC Level 4 HNC Diploma in Computing and Systems Development.

At Level 4 learners could progress to employment in the IT sector or to higher education vocational qualifications such as the Edexcel BTEC Level 5 HND Diploma in Computing and Systems Development.

Additional information is available in Annexe A.


9

What are the qualification structures for the Edexcel BTEC Diplomas in Professional Competence for IT and Telecoms Professionals (QCF)?

Individual units can be found in the Units section. The QCF level and credit value are given on the first page of each unit.

All diplomas consist of two mandatory units, with the remaining units being selected from two optional groups. One of the optional groups is restricted to a limited number of credits.

How are the qualifications graded and assessed?

The overall grade for each qualification is a ‘pass’. The learner must achieve all the required units within the specified qualification structure.

To pass a unit the learner must:

• achieve all the specified learning outcomes

• satisfy all the assessment criteria by providing sufficient and valid evidence for each criterion

• show that the evidence is their own.

The qualifications are designed to be assessed:

• in the workplace or

• in conditions resembling the workplace, as specified in the assessment methodology section of the unit

• as part of a training programme.

Assessment strategy

The assessment strategy for these qualifications has been included in Annexe D. It has been developed by e-skills UK in partnership with employers, training providers, awarding organisations and the regulatory authorities. The assessment strategy includes details on:

• criteria for defining realistic working environments

• roles and occupational competence of assessors, expert witnesses, internal verifiers and standards verifiers

• quality control of assessment

• evidence requirements.


10

Evidence of competence may come from:

• current practice where evidence is generated from a current job role

• a programme of development where evidence comes from assessment opportunities built into a learning/training programme whether at or away from the workplace

• the Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) where a learner can demonstrate that they can meet the assessment criteria within a unit through knowledge, understanding or skills they already possess without undertaking a course of learning. They must submit sufficient, reliable and valid evidence for internal and standards verification purposes. RPL is acceptable for accrediting a unit, several units or a whole qualification

• a combination of these.

• It is important that the evidence is:

Valid relevant to the standards for which competence is claimed

Authentic produced by the learner

Current sufficiently recent to create confidence that the same skill, understanding or knowledge persist at the time of the claim

Reliable indicates that the learner can consistently perform at this level

Sufficient fully meets the requirements of the standards.


11

Types of evidence

To successfully achieve a unit the learner must gather evidence which shows that they have met the required standard in the assessment criteria. Evidence can take a variety of different forms including the following examples:

• direct observation of the learner’s performance by their assessor

• outcomes from oral or written questioning

• products of the learner’s work

• personal statements and/or reflective accounts

• outcomes from simulation, where permitted by the assessment strategy

• professional discussion

• assignment, project/case studies

• authentic statements/witness testimony

• expert witness testimony

• reflective accounts

• evidence of Recognition of Prior Learning.

Learners can use one piece of evidence to prove their knowledge, skills and understanding across different assessment criteria and/or across different units. It is, therefore, not necessary for learners to have each assessment criterion assessed separately. Learners should be encouraged to reference the assessment criteria to which the evidence relates.

Evidence must be made available to the assessor, internal verifier and Edexcel standards verifier. A range of recording documents is available on the Edexcel website www.edexcel.com. Alternatively, centres may develop their own.

http://www.edexcel.com/�


12

Centre recognition and approval

Centre recognition

Centres that have not previously offered Edexcel qualifications need to apply for and be granted centre recognition as part of the process for approval to offer individual qualifications. New centres must complete both a centre recognition approval application and a qualification approval application.

Existing centres will be given ‘automatic approval’ for a new qualification if they are already approved for a qualification that is being replaced by the new qualification and the conditions for automatic approval are met. Centres already holding Edexcel approval are able to gain qualification approval for a different level or different sector via Edexcel online.

Approvals agreement

All centres are required to enter into an approvals agreement which is a formal commitment by the head or principal of a centre to meet all the requirements of the specification and any linked codes or regulations. Edexcel will act to protect the integrity of the awarding of qualifications, if centres do not comply with the agreement. This could result in the suspension of certification or withdrawal of approval.

Quality assurance

Detailed information on Edexcel’s quality assurance processes is given in Annexe B.

What resources are required to deliver these qualifications?

Each qualification is designed to support learners working in the IT and Telecoms sector. Physical resources need to support the delivery of the qualifications and the assessment of the learning outcomes and must be of industry standard. Centres must meet any specific resource requirements outlined in Annexe D: Assessment strategy. Staff assessing the learner must meet the requirements within the overarching assessment strategy for the sector.


13

Unit format

Each unit in this specification contains the following sections.

Unit title:

Unit code:

Unit reference number:

QCF level:

Credit value:

Guided learning hours:

Unit summary:

Assessment requirements/evidence requirements:

Assessment methodology:

Learning outcomes:

Assessment criteria:

Evidence type:

Portfolio reference:

Date:

The unit title is accredited on the QCF and this form of words will appear on the learner’s Notification of Performance (NOP).

This is the unit owner’s reference number for the specified unit.

This code is a unique reference number for the unit.

All units and qualifications within the QCF have a level assigned to them, which represents the level of achievement. There are nine levels of achievement, from Entry level to level 8. The level of the unit has been informed by the QCF level descriptors and, where appropriate, the NOS and/or other sector/professional.

All units have a credit value. The minimum credit value is one, and credits can only be awarded in whole numbers. Learners will be awarded credits when they achieve the unit.

A notional measure of the substance of a qualification. It includes an estimate of the time that might be allocated to direct teaching or instruction, together with other structured learning time, such as directed assignments, assessments on the job or supported individual study and practice. It excludes learner-initiated private study.

This provides a summary of the purpose of the unit.

The assessment/evidence requirements are determined by the SSC. Learners must provide evidence for each of the requirements stated in this section.

Learning outcomes state exactly what a learner should know, understand or be able to do as a result of completing a unit.

The assessment criteria of a unit specify the standard a learner is expected to meet to demonstrate that a learning outcome, or a set of learning outcomes, has been achieved.

Learners must reference the type of evidence they have and where it is available for quality assurance purposes. The learner can enter the relevant key and a reference. Alternatively, the learner and/or centre can devise their own referencing system.

This provides a summary of the assessment methodology to be used for the unit.

The learner should use this box to indicate where the evidence can be obtained eg portfolio page number.

The learner should give the date when the evidence has been provided.


14

Optional vendor units

Please refer to the Edexcel website (www.edexcel.com) for a full and up-to-date list of included vendor units.


15

Qualification Structures


16


The Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Diploma in Professional Competence for IT and Telecoms Professionals (QCF) is a 48-credit and 360 guided learning hours (glh) qualification that consists of 2 mandatory units plus optional units (at least 29 credits must be at Level 2 or above).

Qualification structure summary

The Edexcel Level 2 BTEC Diploma in ICT Professional Competence consists of a minimum of 9 mandatory credits plus a minimum of 39 optional credits.

Mandatory units (Group A) – 9 credits

• Learners must achieve both units.

Optional units (Group B and Group C) – minimum 39 credits

A minimum of 39 credits to be completed from the OPTIONAL UNITS, of which a maximum of 12 can be completed from the Restricted Options Group, GROUP C.

Note that learners may select all 39 credits from GROUP B.

Understanding the unit structure

The Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Diploma in Professional Competence for IT and Telecoms Professionals (QCF) specification includes Level 1, 2, 3 and 4 units in the qualification structure.

Most of the unit titles at Level 1 are the same for Level 2, 3 and 4. The only differences in the unit are the levels and credit values.

To differentiate between each of the unit levels, the following unit numbering system is used in this specification.

The first value in the unit number represents the level of the unit. For example:

Unit 103 Customer Care in ICT is a Level 1 unit,

Unit 201 Customer Care in ICT is a Level 2 unit and

Unit 301 Customer Care in ICT is a Level 3 unit and so on, even though it shares the same unit title as Level 1 and 2.

The first value of the unit number is marked 1, 2, 3 or 4 to identify the level.


17

Edexcel Level 2 BTEC Diploma in Professional Competence for IT and Telecoms Professionals (QCF)

Mandatory Group A

Achieve both units in this section

Unit Title Credit Level Unit reference

101 Health and Safety in ICT 3 1 Y/500/7183

202 Develop Own Effectiveness and professionalism

6 2 Y/601/3317

OPTIONAL UNITS (GROUP B and GROUP C)

A minimum of 39 credits to be completed from the OPTIONAL UNITS, of which a maximum of 12 can be completed from the Restricted Optional Group, GROUP C


GROUP B

CC - Customer Care

No more than one unit to be completed from this section


103 Customer Care in ICT 6 1 T/500/7157

203 Customer Care in ICT 9 2 A/500/7158

303 Customer Care in ICT 12 3 F/500/7159

IW - Interpersonal and Written Communication Skills


104 Interpersonal and Written Communication 3 1 M/500/7206

204 Interpersonal and Written Communication 9 2 T/500/7207

304 Interpersonal and Written Communication 12 3 A/500/7208

DA - Data Analysis and Data Structure Design


205 Data Modelling 6 2 A/601/3200

305 Data Modelling 9 3 L/601/3203

405 Data Structures and Algorithms 15 4 R/601/3297

http://www.accreditedqualifications.org.uk/unit/T5007157.seo.aspx?OwnerRef=�

http://www.accreditedqualifications.org.uk/unit/A5007158.seo.aspx?OwnerRef=�

http://www.accreditedqualifications.org.uk/unit/F5007159.seo.aspx?OwnerRef=�

http://www.accreditedqualifications.org.uk/unit/M5007206.seo.aspx?OwnerRef=�




18

FD - Technical Fault Diagnosis


206 Technical Fault Diagnosis 9 2 T/601/3292

306 Technical Fault Diagnosis 12 3 A/601/3293

406 Technical Fault Diagnosis 15 4 L/500/7391

HW - Working with ICT Hardware and Equipment


107 Working with ICT Hardware and Equipment 9 1 H/500/7381

207 Working with ICT Hardware and Equipment 9 2 K/500/7382

307 Working with ICT Hardware and Equipment 12 3 M/500/7383

407 Working with ICT Hardware and Equipment 15 4 T/500/7384

ID - Investigating and Defining Requirements


208 Introduction to IT Systems Development 6 2 J/601/3247

308 Investigating and Defining Customer Requirements for ICT Systems

12 3 R/601/3249


15 4 R/602/1772

MD - Managing Software Development

309 Managing Software Development 12 3 T/500/6798

CG - Computer Games Development


210 Computer Games Development 4 2 A/601/3164

310 Computer Games Development 10 3 F/601/3165

PP - Procedural Programming


211 Creating a Procedural Computer Program 7 2 L/601/3167

311 Creating a Procedural Computer Program 12 3 R/601/3171

411 Designing and Developing Procedural Computer Programs

15 4 T/601/3311

http://www.accreditedqualifications.org.uk/unit/H5007381.seo.aspx?OwnerRef=�

http://www.accreditedqualifications.org.uk/unit/K5007382.seo.aspx?OwnerRef=�





19

OO - Object-oriented Programming


212 Creating an Object-oriented Computer Program

7 2 A/601/3181


12 3 L/601/3184

412 Designing and Developing Object-oriented Computer Programs

15 4 T/601/3308

ED - Event-driven Programming


213 Creating an Event-driven Computer Program

7 2 T/601/3177


12 3 F/601/3179

413 Designing and Developing Event-driven Computer Programs

15 4 J/601/3300

CA - Customer Apparatus and Line Installation

314 Customer Apparatus and Line Installation 22 3 A/501/5888

QM - Quality Management of ICT Products and Services

315 Quality Management of ICT Products and Services

12 3 T/500/7210

RS - Remote support for products and services


116 Remote Support for Products or Services 6 1 R/500/7215

216 Remote Support for Products or Services 9 2 Y/500/7216

316 Remote Support for Products or Services 12 3 D/500/7217

416 Remote Support for Products or Services 15 4 A/602/1264

SC - Security of ICT Systems


117 Security of ICT Systems 3 1 K/500/7219

317 Security of ICT Systems 12 3 D/500/7220

417 Security of ICT Systems 15 4 H/500/7221


http://www.accreditedqualifications.org.uk/unit/R5007215.seo.aspx?OwnerRef=�

http://www.accreditedqualifications.org.uk/unit/Y5007216.seo.aspx?OwnerRef=�

http://www.accreditedqualifications.org.uk/unit/D5007217.seo.aspx?OwnerRef=�


20

SI - Software Installation and Upgrade


118 Software Installation and Upgrade 6 1 D/500/7265


318 Software Installation and Upgrade 12 3 R/500/7330

SM - System Management


219 System Management 6 2 Y/500/7331

319 System Management 12 3 D/500/7332

SO - System Operation


120 System Operation 6 1 H/500/7333

220 ICT System Operation 9 2 F/500/7338

320 System Operation 12 3 A/500/7340

TA - Technical Advice and Guidance


221 Technical Advice and Guidance 9 2 F/601/3506

321 Technical Advice and Guidance 12 3 J/601/3507

421 Technical Advice and Guidance 15 3 Y/500/7345

TE - Testing ICT Systems


122 Testing ICT Systems 6 1 T/500/7353

222 Testing ICT Systems 9 2 A/500/7354

322 Testing ICT Systems 12 3 F/500/7355

UP - User Profile Administration


223 User Profile Administration 6 2 H/500/7378

323 User Profile Administration 9 3 K/500/7379

BOWMAN

For military use only

324 Using and Managing Bowman Systems for Advanced Signallers

19 3 K/501/3912

WD – Website Design

425 Designing and Developing a Website 15 4 L601/3315









http://www.accreditedqualifications.org.uk/unit/L5007343.seo.aspx?OwnerRef=�









21

Vendor Units


Group C - Restricted Optional Units

Learners may complete a maximum of 12 credits

DB - Database Software


126 Database Software 3 1 H/502/4553

226 Database Software 4 2 M/502/4555

326 Database Software 6 3 T/502/4556

EM - Using Email


127 Using Email 2 1 J/502/4299

227 Using Email 3 2 M/502/4300

327 Using Email 3 3 T/502/4301

NT - Using The Internet


128 Using The Internet 3 1 T/502/4296

228 Using The Internet 4 2 A/502/4297

328 Using The Internet 5 3 F/502/4298

PS - Presentation Software


129 Presentation Software 3 1 K/502/4621

229 Presentation Software 4 2 M/502/4622

329 Presentation Software 6 3 T/502/4623

SS - Spreadsheet Software


130 Spreadsheet Software 3 1 A/502/4624

230 Spreadsheet Software 4 2 F/502/4625

330 Spreadsheet Software 6 3 J/502/4626
















22

WB - Website Software


131 Website Software 3 1 L/502/4630

231 Website Software 4 2 R/502/4631

331 Website Software 5 3 Y/502/4632

WP - Word Processing Software


132 Word Processing Software 3 1 L/502/4627

232 Word Processing Software 4 2 R/502/4628

332 Word Processing Software 6 3 Y/502/4629

PM - Project Management Software


133 Project Management Software 3 1 K/502/4618

233 Project Management Software 4 2 M/502/4619

333 Project Management Software 5 3 H/502/4620

IS – Imaging Software


134 Imaging Software 3 1 J/502/4612

234 Imaging Software 4 2 L/502/4613

334 Imaging Software 5 3 R/502/4614



http://www.accreditedqualifications.org.uk/unit/J5007292.seo.aspx?OwnerRef=�



23


The Edexcel Level 3 BTEC Diploma in ICT Professional Competence is a 72 credit and 540 guided learning hours (glh) qualification that consists of 2 mandatory units plus optional units (at least 44 credits must be at Level 3 or above).


The Edexcel Level 3 Diploma in ICT Professional Competence consists of a minimum of 12 mandatory credits plus a minimum of 60 optional credits.


• Learners must achieve both units Optional units (Group B and Group C) – minimum 60 credits A minimum of 60 credits to be completed from the OPTIONAL UNITS, of which a maximum of 24 can be completed from the Restricted Options Group, GROUP C







Unit 103 Customer Care in ICT is a Level 1 unit,


Unit 301 Customer Care in ICT is a Level 3 unit and so on, even though it shares the same unit title as Level 1 and 2.



24


Mandatory Group A




302 Develop Own Effectiveness and Professionalism Level 3

9 3 Y/601/3317




GROUP B

CC - Customer Care























25
















12 3 R/601/3249


15 4 R/602/1772












15 4 T/601/3311







26




7 2 A/601/3181


12 3 L/601/3184


15 4 T/601/3308




7 2 T/601/3177


12 3 F/601/3179


15 4 J/601/3300





12 3 T/500/7210

















27





























BOWMAN



19 3 K/501/3912




















28

Vendor Units


Group C - Restricted optional units







EM - Using Email


127 Using Email 2 1 J/502/4299

227 Using Email 3 2 M/502/4300

327 Using Email 3 3 T/502/4301

NT - Using The internet


128 Using The Internet 3 1 T/502/4296

228 Using The Iinternet 4 2 A/502/4297




129 Presentation software 3 1 K/502/4621

229 Presentation software 4 2 M/502/4622

329 Presentation software 6 3 T/502/4623





















29





















CF – Copper and Fibre units

335 Copper Cable Jointing and Closure Techniques

23 3 L/601/0656

336 Fibre Telecommunications Techniques 15 3 H/601/0663






30


The Edexcel BTEC Level 4 Diploma in Professional Competence for IT and Telecoms Professionals (QCF) is an 80 credit and 600 guided learning hours (glh) qualification that consists of 2 mandatory units plus optional units (at least 48 credits must be at Level 4 or above).


The Edexcel Level 4 Diploma in ICT Professional Competence consists of a minimum of 15 mandatory credits plus a minimum of 65 optional credits.


• Learners must achieve both units

Optional Units (Group B and Group C) – min 65 credits

A minimum of 65 credits to be completed from the OPTIONAL UNITS, of which a maximum of 24 can be completed from the Restricted Options Group, GROUP C

Note that learners may select all 65 credits from group B.






Unit 103 Customer Care in ICT is a Level 1 unit.


Unit 301 Customer Care in ICT is a Level 3 unit and so on, even though it shares the same unit title as Level 1and 2.



31


Mandatory Group A




402 Develop Own Effectiveness and Professionalism Level 4

12 4 K601/3502




GROUP B

CC - Customer Care























32
















12 3 R/601/3249


15 4 R/602/1772












15 4 T/601/3311







33




7 2 A/601/3181


12 3 L/601/3184

412 Designing and Developing Object-oriented Computer Programs

15 4 T/601/3308




7 2 T/601/3177


12 3 F/601/3179


15 4 J/601/3300





12 3 T/500/7210

















34





























BOWMAN



19 3 K/501/3912




















35

Vendor Units


Group C - Restricted optional units







EM - Using Email


127 Using Email 2 1 J/502/4299

227 Using Email 3 2 M/502/4300

327 Using Email 3 3 T/502/4301

NT - Using The Internet


128 Using The Iinternet 3 1 T/502/4296

228 Using The Iinternet 4 2 A/502/4297




129 Presentation Software 3 1 K/502/4621

229 Presentation Software 4 2 M/502/4622

329 Presentation Software 6 3 T/502/4623




























36
















CF – Copper and Fibre units

335 Copper Cable Jointing and Closure Techniques

23 3 L/601/0656

336 Fibre Telecommunications Techniques 15 3 H/601/0663




37

Units


38


39

Unit title: Health and Safety in ICT

Unit code: 101

Unit reference number: Y/500/7183

QCF level: 1

Credit value: 3

Guided learning hours: 15

Unit summary

This unit explores compliance with health and safety legislation when working in ICT.

The basis of health and safety law is the Health and Safety at Work Act 1974. The Act sets out the general duties which employers have towards employees and members of the public, and employees have to themselves and to each other.

What the law requires here is what good management and common sense would lead individuals and organisations to do anyway: that is, identify risks and take sensible measures to tackle them.

Health and safety legislation impacts not only on those who are employed at work, but on visitors, bystanders and customers who may be affected by actions of those engaged in work activities.

Health and safety legislation is subject to constant review, and new legislation is introduced on a regular basis. This constant change must be monitored by organisations and individuals to identify actions required to remain compliant. Interpretation of the legislation may also be modified as a result of case law or other legal guidance.

Assessment methodology

This unit is assessed in the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

40

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Com

ply

with r

elev

ant

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty

pro

cedure

s

1.1

Id

entify

rel

evan

t org

anis

atio

nal

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty

pro

cedure

s

1.2

Id

entify

ava

ilable

sourc

es o

f hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty

info

rmat

ion

1.3

D

emonst

rate

how

rel

evan

t hea

lth a

nd s

afet

y pro

cedure

s hav

e bee

n follo

wed

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


41

Unit title: Develop Own Effectiveness and Professionalism

Unit code: 202


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 6


Unit summary

This unit involves personal development, team working and awareness of IT professional practice and legislation.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

42

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Dev

elop o

wn p

erso

nal

and

pro

fess

ional

ski

lls

1.1

O

bta

in a

nd r

evie

w f

eedbac

k fr

om

oth

ers

on

per

form

ance

1.2

Agre

e per

sonal

goal

s an

d p

artici

pat

e in

dev

elopm

ent

activi

ties

to m

eet

them

2

Work

as

a m

ember

of a

team

to a

chie

ve d

efin

ed

goal

s an

d im

ple

men

t ag

reed

pla

ns

2.1

Eff

ective

ly m

anag

e ow

n t

ime

2.2

Rec

ognis

e an

d r

espec

t div

ersi

ty,

indiv

idual

diffe

rence

s an

d p

ersp

ective

s

2.3

Acc

ept

and p

rovi

de

feed

bac

k in

a c

onst

ruct

ive

and

consi

der

ate

man

ner

2.4

U

nder

stan

d t

he

resp

onsi

bili

ties

of co

lleagues

2.5

Id

entify

obst

acle

s to

eff

ective

tea

mw

ork

3

Under

stan

d w

hat

is

mea

nt

by

pro

fess

ional

pra

ctic

e 3.1

Id

entify

the

implic

atio

ns,

and a

pplic

abili

ty for

IT

pro

fess

ional

s of:

–

Dat

a Pr

ote

ctio

n A

ct

–

Com

pute

r M

isuse

Act

.

3.2

Li

st t

he

pro

fess

ional

bodie

s fo

r IT

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

43

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

4

Know

the

legis

lative

en

viro

nm

ent

rela

ting t

o I

T

activi

ties

4.2

Id

entify

the

impac

t on a

n I

T o

rgan

isat

ion o

f le

gis

lation c

ove

ring:

–

pro

cess

ing o

f finan

cial

tra

nsa

ctio

ns

–

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty

–

priva

cy,

confiden

tial

ity

and s

ecurity

–

copyr

ight

and inte

llect

ual

pro

per

ty r

ights

.

5

Impro

ve p

erso

nal

effe

ctiv

enes

s 5.1

Li

st t

he

aim

s an

d o

bje

ctiv

es o

f th

e org

anis

atio

n

5.2

Sta

te t

he

org

anis

atio

n’s

bra

nd o

r im

age

5.3

Id

entify

the

org

anis

ation’s

str

uct

ure

, ro

les

and

resp

onsi

bili

ties

5.4

Id

entify

pote

ntial

im

pro

vem

ents

to w

ork

ing

pra

ctic

es

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

44


45


Unit code: 302

Unit reference number: H/601/3501

QCF level: 3

Credit value: 9


Unit summary

This unit involves personal development, team working and an understanding of IT professional practice and legislation.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

46

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Dev

elop o

wn p

erso

nal

and

pro

fess

ional

ski

lls

1.1

Id

entify

ow

n d

evel

opm

ent

nee

ds

and t

he

activi

ties

nee

ded

to m

eet

them

1.2

O

bta

in a

nd r

evie

w f

eedbac

k fr

om

oth

ers

on

per

form

ance

1.3

Agre

e per

sonal

goal

s an

d p

artici

pat

e in

dev

elopm

ent

activi

ties

to m

eet

them

2

Work

as

a m

ember

of a

team

to a

chie

ve d

efin

ed

goal

s an

d im

ple

men

t ag

reed

pla

ns

2.1

Eff

ective

ly p

lan a

nd m

anag

e ow

n t

ime

2.2

Rec

ognis

e an

d r

espec

t div

ersi

ty,

indiv

idual

diffe

rence

s an

d p

ersp

ective

s

2.3

Acc

ept

and p

rovi

de

feed

bac

k in

a c

onst

ruct

ive

and

consi

der

ate

man

ner

2.4

Ander

stan

d t

he

resp

onsi

bili

ties

, in

tere

sts

and

conce

rns

of co

lleag

ues

2.5

Id

entify

and r

educe

obst

acl

es t

o e

ffec

tive

tea

mw

ork

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

47

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

3

Under

stan

d w

hat

is

mea

nt

by

pro

fess

ional

pra

ctic

e 3.1

D

escr

ibe

the

implic

atio

ns,

and a

pplic

abili

ty for

IT

pro

fess

ional

s of:

–

Dat

a Pr

ote

ctio

n A

ct

–

Com

pute

r M

isuse

Act

.

3.2

Id

entify

the

role

of

pro

fess

ional

bodie

s fo

r IT

, an

d

the

ben

efits

of m

ember

ship

to indiv

idual

s an

d

org

anis

atio

ns

3.3

D

escr

ibe

qual

ity

man

agem

ent

syst

ems

and

stan

dar

ds

for

syst

ems

dev

elopm

ent

4

Under

stan

d t

he

ethic

al

and leg

isla

tive

en

viro

nm

ent

rela

ting t

o I

T

activi

ties

4.1

Id

entify

the

types

of

conflic

ts o

f in

tere

st w

hic

h c

an

aris

e fo

r IT

pro

fess

ional

s

4.2

D

escr

ibe

the

impac

t on a

n I

T o

rgan

isation o

f le

gis

lation c

ove

ring:

–

pro

cess

ing o

f finan

cial

tra

nsa

ctio

ns

–

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty

–

priva

cy,

confiden

tial

ity

and s

ecurity

–

copyr

ight

and inte

llect

ual

pro

per

ty r

ights

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

48

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


49


Unit code: 402

Unit reference number: K601/3502

QCF level: 4

Credit value: 12


Unit summary

This unit involves personal development, team working and an understanding of IT professional ethics, practice and legislation. It also includes improving the effectiveness of the organisation.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

50

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Dev

elop o

wn p

erso

nal

and

pro

fess

ional

ski

lls

1.1

Id

entify

ow

n d

evel

opm

ent

nee

ds

and t

he

activi

ties

nee

ded

to m

eet

them

1.2

O

bta

in a

nd inte

rpre

t fe

edbac

k fr

om

oth

ers

on

per

form

ance

1.3

Set

and a

gre

e per

sonal

goals

and p

artici

pate

in

dev

elopm

ent

activi

ties

to m

eet

them

1.4

M

anag

e ow

n p

erso

nal

/pro

fess

ional

dev

elopm

ent

in

ord

er t

o a

chie

ve c

are

er a

nd p

erso

nal

goals

1.5

Ref

lect

critica

lly o

n o

wn lea

rnin

g

2

Work

as

a m

ember

of a

team

to a

chie

ve d

efin

ed

goal

s an

d im

ple

men

t ag

reed

pla

ns

2.1

Eff

ective

ly p

lan a

nd m

anag

e ow

n a

nd o

ther

s tim

e

2.2

Rec

ognis

e an

d r

espec

t div

ersi

ty,

indiv

idual

diffe

rence

s an

d p

ersp

ective

s

2.3

Acc

ept

and p

rovi

de

feed

bac

k in

a c

onst

ruct

ive

and

consi

der

ate

man

ner

2.4

U

nder

stan

d t

he

resp

onsi

bili

ties

, in

tere

sts

and

conce

rns

of co

lleag

ues

2.5

U

nder

stan

d t

he

role

of th

e in

div

idual

and t

eam

s in

an

IT o

rganis

atio

n

2.6

Id

entify

and r

esolv

e obst

acl

es t

o e

ffec

tive

te

amw

ork

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

51

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

3

Under

stan

d w

hat

is

mea

nt

by

pro

fess

ional

pra

ctic

e 3.1

In

terp

ret

the

implic

atio

ns,

and a

pplic

abili

ty for

IT

pro

fess

ional

s of:

–

Dat

a Pr

ote

ctio

n A

ct

–

Com

pute

r M

isuse

Act

.

3.2

D

escr

ibe

the

role

of

pro

fess

ional

bodie

s fo

r IT

, an

d

the

ben

efits

of m

ember

ship

to indiv

idual

s an

d

org

anis

atio

ns

3.3

Exp

lain

the

import

ance

of

qual

ity

man

agem

ent

syst

ems

and s

tandar

ds

for

syst

ems

dev

elopm

ent

4

Under

stan

d t

he

ethic

al

and leg

isla

tive

en

viro

nm

ent

rela

ting t

o I

T

activi

ties

4.1

D

escr

ibe

the

types

of co

nflic

ts o

f in

tere

st w

hic

h c

an

aris

e fo

r IT

pro

fess

ional

s

4.2

Eva

luat

e th

e im

pac

t on a

n I

T o

rgan

isation o

f le

gis

lation c

ove

ring:

–

pro

cess

ing o

f finan

cial

tra

nsa

ctio

ns

–

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty

–

priva

cy,

confiden

tial

ity

and s

ecurity

–

copyr

ight

and inte

llect

ual

pro

per

ty r

ights

.

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

52

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

5

Impro

ve o

rgan

isational

ef

fect

iven

ess

5.1

In

terp

ret

the

aim

s an

d o

bje

ctiv

es o

f th

e org

anis

atio

n

5.2

D

escr

ibe

the

org

anis

atio

n’s

bra

nd o

r im

age

and

how

it

can b

e pro

mote

d

5.3

D

escr

ibe

the

org

anis

atio

n’s

str

uct

ure

, ro

les

and

resp

onsi

bili

ties

5.4

Id

entify

and e

valu

ate

pote

ntial

im

pro

vem

ents

to

org

anis

atio

nal

effec

tive

nes

s

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


53

Unit title: Customer Care in ICT

Unit code: 103

Unit reference number: T/500/7157

QCF level: 1

Credit value: 6


Unit summary

This is the identification of, and response to, customer needs to ensure customer satisfaction. This level 1 unit will typically involve direct customer contact.

Typically this will involve:

• the maintenance of a successful balance between customer needs and the needs of the organisation

• the monitoring of customer satisfaction through the use of formal and informal assessment techniques (eg surveys, feedback etc.)

• the handling and resolution of customer issues and complaints in a constructive manner that ensures customer satisfaction.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

54

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Know

how

to p

rovi

de

cust

om

er c

are

in a

fam

iliar

conte

xt

1.1

D

escr

ibe

sim

ple

use

s of in

terp

erso

nal

co

mm

unic

atio

n t

echniq

ues

such

as:

–

verb

al (e

g into

nat

ion,

tone

and f

eedbac

k (s

om

etim

es r

efer

red t

o a

s ve

rbal

att

ends)

) an

d

non-v

erbal

tec

hniq

ues

(eg

sm

iling w

hile

talk

ing

on t

he

phone,

body

languag

e)

–

atte

ntive

lis

tenin

g (

i.e.

diffe

rence

bet

wee

n

hea

ring a

nd lis

tenin

g)

–

posi

tive

and n

egat

ive

languag

e.

1.2

Id

entify

the

spec

ifie

d p

arts

of

the

org

anis

atio

nal

re

quirem

ents

for

cust

om

er c

are

incl

udin

g:

–

cust

om

er s

ervi

ce p

roce

dure

s (e

g h

ow

to log

cust

om

er info

rmation,

how

to initia

te s

ervi

ce

calls

, how

to c

om

ple

te a

sal

e)

–

auth

orisa

tion p

roce

dure

s (e

g h

ow

to c

onfirm

ca

ller

iden

tity

, how

to v

alid

ate

reques

ts)

–

esca

lation,

reso

lution a

nd c

om

pla

int

han

dlin

g

–

qual

ity

ass

ura

nce

pro

cedure

s

–

com

plia

nce

with r

elev

ant

legis

lation a

nd

regula

tions

(eg d

ata p

rote

ctio

n,

finan

cial

serv

ices

)

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

55

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

–

m

ainte

nan

ce a

nd c

om

munic

atio

n o

f org

anis

atio

nal

bra

nd o

r im

age

–

org

anis

atio

nal

aim

s and o

bje

ctiv

es.

1.3

D

escr

ibe

the

spec

ifie

d m

ethods

of m

easu

ring

cust

om

er s

atis

fact

ion lev

els

such

as

pre

def

ined

fo

rmal fe

edbac

k

2

Provi

de

cust

om

er c

are

in a

fa

mili

ar c

onte

xt

2.1

Com

ply

with o

rgan

isat

ional

req

uirem

ents

.

2.2

Com

munic

ate

inte

rper

sonal

ly o

n a

fam

iliar

subje

ct

in a

fam

iliar

work

situat

ion s

uch

as:

–

follo

win

g o

rgan

isational

guid

elin

es a

nd

pro

cedure

s.

2.3

Pr

ovi

de

cust

om

er inte

ract

ion s

uch

as:

–

focu

ses

on a

ddre

ssin

g c

ust

om

er n

eeds

–

inte

ract

s in

a s

ensi

tive

and h

elpfu

l m

anner

with

the

cust

om

er.

2.4

Pr

ovi

din

g s

ervi

ce d

eliv

ery

such

as:

–

reco

gnis

ing o

wn lim

itat

ions

–

esca

lating c

ust

om

er iss

ues

follo

win

g

org

anis

atio

nal

req

uirem

ents

.

2.5

G

ather

spec

ifie

d c

ust

om

er s

atis

fact

ion info

rmat

ion.

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

56

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


57


Unit code: 203

Unit reference number: A/500/7158

QCF level: 2

Credit value: 9


Unit summary

This is the identification of, and response to, customer needs to ensure customer satisfaction. This level 2 unit will typically involve direct customer contact.


• the maintenance of a successful balance between customer needs and the needs of the organisation

• the monitoring of customer satisfaction through the use of formal and informal assessment techniques (eg surveys, feedback etc.)

• the handling and resolution of customer issues and complaints in a constructive manner that ensures customer satisfaction.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

58

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Know

how

to p

rovi

de

cust

om

er c

are

by

esta

blis

hin

g c

ust

om

er

rela

tionsh

ips

1.1

D

escr

ibe

the

use

s of

inte

rper

sonal

com

munic

atio

n

tech

niq

ues

such

as:

–

verb

al (e

g into

nat

ion,

tone

and f

eedbac

k (s

om

etim

es r

efer

red t

o a

s ve

rbal

att

ends)

) an

d

non-v

erbal

tec

hniq

ues

(eg

sm

iling w

hile

talk

ing

on t

he

phone,

body

languag

e)

–

atte

ntive

lis

tenin

g (

i.e.

diffe

rence

bet

wee

n

hea

ring a

nd lis

tenin

g)

–

posi

tive

and n

egat

ive

languag

e

–

active

lis

tenin

g (

eg s

um

mar

isin

g,

par

aphra

sing,

body

languag

e)

–

liste

nin

g b

arrier

s (e

g b

ackg

round n

ois

e,

dis

trac

tions,

lack

of

conce

ntr

atio

n)

–

types

of

ques

tion (

eg o

pen

, cl

ose

d a

nd p

robin

g).

1.2

D

escr

ibe

the

rele

vant

par

ts o

f th

e org

anis

atio

nal

re

quirem

ents

for

cust

om

er c

are

incl

udin

g:

–

cust

om

er s

ervi

ce p

roce

dure

s (e

g h

ow

to log

cust

om

er info

rmation,

how

to initia

te s

ervi

ce

calls

, how

to c

om

ple

te a

sal

e)

–

auth

orisa

tion p

roce

dure

s (e

g h

ow

to c

onfirm

ca

ller

iden

tity

, how

to v

alid

ate

reques

ts)

–

esca

lation,

reso

lution a

nd c

om

pla

int

han

dlin

g

–

qual

ity

ass

ura

nce

pro

cedure

s

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

59

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

–

co

mplia

nce

with r

elev

ant

legis

lation a

nd

regula

tions

(eg d

ata p

rote

ctio

n,

finan

cial

serv

ices

)

–

mai

nte

nan

ce a

nd c

om

munic

atio

n o

f org

anis

atio

nal

bra

nd o

r im

age

–

org

anis

atio

nal

aim

s and o

bje

ctiv

es.

1.3

D

escr

ibe

what

the

implic

ations

of

cust

om

er

satisf

act

ion a

re:

–

cust

om

er r

eten

tion

–

work

ing r

elat

ionsh

ips.

1.4

D

escr

ibe

the

rele

vant

met

hods

of m

easu

ring

cust

om

er s

atis

fact

ion lev

els

such

as:

–

pre

def

ined

form

al fee

dbac

k

–

unso

licited

fee

dbac

k

–

anec

dota

l fe

edbac

k.

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

60

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2

Provi

de

cust

om

er c

are

by

esta

blis

hin

g c

ust

om

er

rela

tionsh

ips

2.1

Com

ply

with o

rgan

isat

ional

req

uirem

ents

2.2

Com

munic

ate

inte

rper

sonal

ly o

n fam

iliar

subje

cts

such

as:

–

follo

win

g o

rgan

isational

guid

elin

es a

nd

pro

cedure

s

–

articu

lating a

nd e

xpre

ssin

g idea

s cl

early

and

conci

sely

–

liste

nin

g a

ctiv

ely

(eg b

y ta

king n

ote

s)

–

clar

ifyi

ng a

nd c

onfirm

ing u

nder

stan

din

g (

eg b

y par

aphra

sing o

r re

pet

itio

n).

–

resp

ondin

g t

o q

ues

tions

with a

ccura

te

info

rmat

ion

–

ensu

ring c

onte

nt

is a

ppro

priat

e to

the

nee

ds

of

the

audie

nce

–

iden

tify

ing a

nd a

void

ing lis

tenin

g b

arrier

s

–

mai

nta

inin

g focu

s on t

he

purp

ose

of th

e co

mm

unic

atio

n.

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

61

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.3

Pr

ovi

din

g c

ust

om

er inte

ract

ion s

uch

as:

–

focu

ses

on a

ddre

ssin

g c

ust

om

er n

eeds

–

inte

ract

s in

a s

ensi

tive

and h

elpfu

l m

anner

with

the

cust

om

er

–

resp

onds

to c

ust

om

er r

eques

ts o

n t

ime,

ac

cura

tely

, ple

asa

ntly

and p

rofe

ssio

nal

ly

–

build

s a t

rust

ing r

elationsh

ip w

ith t

he

cust

om

er

–

keep

s se

lf a

nd c

ust

om

er f

ocu

sed

–

mai

nta

ins

consi

sten

t co

mm

unic

atio

n s

tyle

.

2.4

Pr

ovi

de

serv

ice

del

iver

y su

ch a

s:

–

reco

gnis

ing o

wn lim

itat

ions

–

esca

lating c

ust

om

er iss

ues

follo

win

g

org

anis

atio

nal

req

uirem

ents

–

mee

ts o

wn c

om

mitm

ents

to c

ust

om

ers

–

follo

ws

up c

ust

om

er p

roble

ms

and iss

ues

.

2.5

H

andle

com

pla

ints

fro

m c

ust

om

ers

such

as:

–

usi

ng p

robin

g q

ues

tions

–

dis

pla

ying p

atie

nce

and u

nder

stan

din

g w

ith

dem

andin

g o

r em

otional

cust

om

ers

2.6

G

ather

spec

ifie

d c

ust

om

er s

atis

fact

ion info

rmat

ion.

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

62

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


63


Unit code: 303

Unit reference number: F/500/7159

QCF level: 3

Credit value: 12


Unit summary

This is the identification of, and response to, customer needs to ensure customer satisfaction.

At level 3, a learner can provide customer care by developing customer relationships and contribute to improving the delivery of service.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

64

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

pro

vide

ICT c

ust

om

er c

are

by

dev

elopin

g c

ust

om

er

rela

tionsh

ips

1.1

D

escr

ibe

the

use

s of

inte

rper

sonal

co

mm

unic

atio

n

tech

niq

ues

1.2

Exp

lain

the

diffe

rent

appro

ach

es a

nd m

ethods

use

d

for

support

ing t

echnic

al a

nd n

on-t

echnic

al

cust

om

ers

1.3

D

escr

ibe

the

org

anis

atio

nal

re

quirem

ents

for

ICT

cust

om

er c

are

1.4

Exp

lain

the

effe

ct o

f IC

T c

ust

om

er c

are

on t

he

rest

of th

e org

anis

atio

n

2

Be

able

to p

rovi

de

ICT

cust

om

er c

are

by

dev

elopin

g c

ust

om

er

rela

tionsh

ips

2.1

M

onitor

com

plia

nce

with o

rgan

isat

ional

re

quirem

ents

for

ICT c

ust

om

er s

upport

2.2

Fo

llow

org

anis

atio

nal guid

elin

es a

nd p

roce

dure

s to

co

mm

unic

ate

with c

ust

om

ers

2.3

In

tera

ct e

ffec

tive

ly w

ith c

ust

om

ers

to a

chie

ve

agre

ed o

utc

om

e

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

65

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

3

Be

able

to c

ontr

ibute

to

impro

ving t

he

del

iver

y of

serv

ice

3.1

D

escr

ibe

the

implic

atio

ns

of

cust

om

er s

atisf

act

ion

for

the

busi

nes

s

3.2

D

escr

ibe

the

met

hods

of m

easu

ring c

ust

om

er

satisf

act

ion lev

els

3.3

Sugges

t im

pro

vem

ents

to I

CT s

ervi

ce d

eliv

ery

3.4

H

andle

com

pla

ints

fro

m c

ust

om

ers

follo

win

g

org

anis

atio

nal

guid

elin

es

3.5

G

ather

spec

ifie

d c

ust

om

er s

atis

fact

ion info

rmat

ion

3.6

Anal

yse

spec

ifie

d c

ust

om

er s

atisf

act

ion info

rmat

ion

3.7

Rep

ort

on s

pec

ifie

d c

ust

om

er s

atis

fact

ion

info

rmat

ion

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

66


67

Unit title: Interpersonal and Written Communication

Unit code: 104

Unit reference number: M/500/7206

QCF level: 1

Credit value: 3


Unit summary

This is the ability to communicate using language and terminology that is appropriate to the audience.


• establishment of rapport with individuals through active listening

• composition of written material (eg documentation, emails, faxes, letters or presentations)

• successful interaction with individuals and groups.

This involves both receiving (eg lip-reading, listening and reading) and sending or giving (eg signing, speaking, presenting and writing) information.

A competent person at level 1 can communicate simple information in a familiar context.


This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

68

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Com

munic

ate

inte

rper

sonal

ly o

n a

fa

mili

ar s

ubje

ct in a

fa

mili

ar w

ork

situation

1.1

Apply

know

ledge

of

the

follo

win

g inte

rper

sonal

co

mm

unic

atio

n t

echniq

ues

:

–

verb

al (e

g into

nat

ion,

tone

and f

eedbac

k (s

om

etim

es r

efer

red t

o a

s ve

rbal

att

ends)

) an

d

non-v

erbal

tec

hniq

ues

(eg

sm

iling w

hile

talk

ing

on t

he

phone,

body

languag

e)

–

atte

ntive

lis

tenin

g (

i.e.

diffe

rence

bet

wee

n

hea

ring a

nd lis

tenin

g)

–

posi

tive

and n

egat

ive

languag

e.

1.2

Com

munic

ate

verb

ally

follo

win

g o

rgan

isat

ional

guid

elin

es a

nd p

roce

dure

s

2

Com

munic

ate

in w

riting

on fam

iliar

subje

cts

usi

ng

spec

ifie

d f

orm

ats

2.1

Apply

know

ledge

of

the

follo

win

g w

ritt

en

com

munic

atio

n t

echniq

ues

:

–

gra

mm

ar,

spel

ling.

2.2

U

se t

he

follo

win

g t

echniq

ues

to p

roduce

and

inte

rpre

t w

ritt

en c

om

munic

atio

n:

–

follo

win

g o

rgan

isational

guid

elin

es a

nd

pro

cedure

s

–

iden

tify

ing a

nd c

onve

ying k

ey m

essa

ges

in

writing (

eg let

ter,

fax

, em

ail, d

ata

bas

e note

s)

–

usi

ng c

orr

ect

gra

mm

ar a

nd s

pel

ling.

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

69

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

70


71


Unit code: 204


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 9


Unit summary







A competent person at level 2 can communicate information in familiar contexts.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

72

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Sen

d a

nd r

ecei

ve f

amili

ar

info

rmat

ion b

y co

mm

unic

atin

g

inte

rper

sonal

ly in f

am

iliar

situ

atio

ns

1.1

Apply

know

ledge

of

the

follo

win

g inte

rper

sonal

co

mm

unic

atio

n t

echniq

ues

:

–

verb

al (e

g into

nat

ion,

tone

and f

eedbac

k (s

om

etim

es r

efer

red t

o a

s ve

rbal

att

ends)

) an

d

non-v

erbal

tec

hniq

ues

(eg

sm

iling w

hile

talk

ing

on t

he

phone,

body

languag

e)

–

atte

ntive

lis

tenin

g (

i.e.

diffe

rence

bet

wee

n

hea

ring a

nd lis

tenin

g)

–

posi

tive

and n

egat

ive

languag

e

–

active

lis

tenin

g (

eg s

um

mar

isin

g,

par

aphra

sing,

body

languag

e)

–

liste

nin

g b

arrier

s (e

g b

ackg

round n

ois

e,

dis

trac

tions,

lack

of

conce

ntr

atio

n)

–

types

of

ques

tion (

eg o

pen

, cl

ose

d a

nd p

robin

g).

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

73

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1.2

U

se t

he

follo

win

g inte

rper

sonal

com

munic

ation

tech

niq

ues

:

–

modula

ting v

oic

e w

hen

spea

king t

o s

uit t

he

liste

ner

or

audie

nce

–

articu

lating a

nd e

xpre

ssin

g idea

s cl

early

and

conci

sely

–

liste

nin

g a

ctiv

ely

(eg b

y ta

king n

ote

s)

–

clar

ifyi

ng a

nd c

onfirm

ing u

nder

stan

din

g (

eg b

y par

aphra

sing o

r re

pet

itio

n)

–

resp

ondin

g t

o q

ues

tions

with a

ccura

te

info

rmat

ion

–

ensu

ring c

onte

nt

is a

ppro

priat

e to

the

nee

ds

of

the

audie

nce

–

iden

tify

ing a

nd a

void

ing lis

tenin

g b

arrier

s

–

mai

nta

inin

g focu

s on t

he

purp

ose

of th

e co

mm

unic

atio

n.

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

74

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2

Com

munic

ate

in w

riting in

fam

iliar

situat

ions

2.1

Apply

know

ledge

of

the

follo

win

g w

ritt

en

com

munic

atio

n t

echniq

ues

:

–

gra

mm

ar,

spel

ling.

2.2

U

se t

he

follo

win

g t

echniq

ues

to p

roduce

and

inte

rpre

t w

ritt

en c

om

munic

atio

n

–

follo

win

g o

rgan

isational

guid

elin

es a

nd

pro

cedure

s

–

iden

tify

ing a

nd c

onve

ying k

ey m

essa

ges

in

writing (

eg let

ter,

fax

, em

ail, d

ata

bas

e note

s)

–

usi

ng c

orr

ect

gra

mm

ar a

nd s

pel

ling

–

usi

ng a

nd u

nder

stan

din

g a

ppro

priat

e busi

nes

s or

tech

nic

al t

erm

inolo

gy

–

ensu

ring c

onte

nt,

form

at a

nd s

tyle

are

ap

pro

priat

e to

the

audie

nce

and c

han

nel

(eg

le

tter

, m

emo,

fax,

em

ail, w

eb c

hat

)

–

stru

cturing w

riting into

a logic

al f

ram

ework

–

conve

ying idea

s an

d info

rmation in a

cle

ar a

nd

conci

se m

anner

–

iden

tify

ing r

elev

ant

info

rmation in w

ritt

en

com

munic

atio

ns

–

revi

ewin

g o

r pro

of re

adin

g o

wn w

ritt

en w

ork

.

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

75

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

76


77


Unit code: 304


QCF level: 3

Credit value: 12


Unit summary







A competent person at level 3 can communicate complex information in a range of familiar contexts.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

78

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Sen

d a

nd r

ecei

ve c

om

ple

x in

form

atio

n b

y co

mm

unic

atin

g

inte

rper

sonal

ly

1.1

Apply

know

ledge

of

the

follo

win

g inte

rper

sonal

co

mm

unic

atio

n c

once

pts

:

–

verb

al (e

g into

nat

ion,

tone

and f

eedbac

k (s

om

etim

es r

efer

red t

o a

s ve

rbal

att

ends)

) an

d

non-v

erbal

tec

hniq

ues

(eg

sm

iling w

hile

talk

ing

on t

he

phone,

body

languag

e).

–

atte

ntive

lis

tenin

g (

i.e.

diffe

rence

bet

wee

n

hea

ring a

nd lis

tenin

g)

–

posi

tive

and n

egat

ive

languag

e

–

active

lis

tenin

g (

eg s

um

mar

isin

g,

par

aphra

sing,

body

languag

e)

–

liste

nin

g b

arrier

s (e

g b

ackg

round n

ois

e,

dis

trac

tions,

lack

of

conce

ntr

atio

n)

–

types

of

ques

tion (

eg o

pen

, cl

ose

d a

nd p

robin

g)

–

how

to a

dap

t st

yle

(eg into

nat

ion,

inflex

ion,

busi

nes

s or

tech

nic

al t

erm

inolo

gy

and

voca

bula

ry)

to a

udie

nce

nee

ds

–

how

to r

educe

lis

tenin

g b

arrier

s

–

cultura

l diffe

rence

s.

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

79

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1.2

U

se t

he

follo

win

g inte

rper

sonal

com

munic

ation

tech

niq

ues

:

–

modula

ting v

oic

e w

hen

spea

king t

o s

uit t

he

liste

ner

or

audie

nce

–

articu

lating a

nd e

xpre

ssin

g idea

s cl

early

and

conci

sely

–

liste

nin

g a

ctiv

ely

(eg b

y ta

king n

ote

s)

–

clar

ifyi

ng a

nd c

onfirm

ing u

nder

stan

din

g (

eg b

y par

aphra

sing o

r re

pet

itio

n)

–

resp

ondin

g t

o q

ues

tions

with a

ccura

te

info

rmat

ion

–

ensu

ring c

onte

nt

is a

ppro

priat

e to

the

nee

ds

of

the

audie

nce

–

iden

tify

ing a

nd a

void

ing lis

tenin

g b

arrier

s

–

mai

nta

inin

g focu

s on t

he

purp

ose

of th

e co

mm

unic

atio

n

–

sele

ct a

ppro

priat

e co

mm

unic

atio

n s

tyle

s

–

adap

t te

rmin

olo

gy

and v

oca

bula

ry t

o t

he

nee

ds

of th

e au

die

nce

–

reduce

bar

rier

s to

lis

tenin

g

–

diffe

rentiat

e bet

wee

n f

acts

and f

eelin

gs.

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

80

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2

Under

stan

d a

nd u

se

writt

en c

om

munic

atio

n

tech

niq

ues

2.1

Apply

know

ledge

of

the

follo

win

g w

ritt

en

com

munic

atio

n c

once

pts

:

–

gra

mm

ar,

spel

ling

–

busi

nes

s or

tech

nic

al t

erm

inolo

gy

–

form

at

and s

tyle

for

diffe

rent

com

munic

atio

n

chan

nel

s (e

g let

ter,

mem

o,

emai

l an

d fax

).

2.2

U

se t

he

follo

win

g w

ritt

en c

om

munic

atio

n

tech

niq

ues

:

–

follo

win

g o

rgan

isational

guid

elin

es a

nd

pro

cedure

s

–

iden

tify

ing a

nd c

onve

ying k

ey m

essa

ges

in

writing (

eg let

ter,

fax

, em

ail, d

ata

bas

e note

s

–

usi

ng c

orr

ect

gra

mm

ar a

nd s

pel

ling

–

usi

ng a

nd u

nder

stan

din

g a

ppro

priat

e busi

nes

s or

tech

nic

al t

erm

inolo

gy

–

ensu

ring c

onte

nt,

form

at a

nd s

tyle

are

ap

pro

priat

e to

the

audie

nce

and c

han

nel

(eg

le

tter

, m

emo,

fax,

em

ail, w

eb c

hat

)

–

stru

cturing w

riting into

a logic

al f

ram

ework

–

conve

ying idea

s an

d info

rmation in a

cle

ar a

nd

conci

se m

anner

–

iden

tify

ing r

elev

ant

info

rmation in w

ritt

en

com

munic

atio

ns

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

81

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

–

re

view

ing o

r pro

of re

adin

g o

wn w

ritt

en w

or

–

dev

elopin

g m

essa

ges

that

conve

y alter

native

vi

ewpoin

ts

–

extr

act

ing k

ey m

essa

ges

fro

m w

ritt

en

corr

esponden

ce

–

revi

ewin

g a

nd e

ditin

g d

ocu

men

ts c

reat

ed b

y oth

ers.

3

Provi

de

guid

ance

to

imm

edia

te c

olle

agues

on

how

to c

om

munic

ate

info

rmat

ion

3.1

Pr

ovi

de

guid

ance

to im

med

iate

colle

agues

on h

ow

to

com

munic

ate

info

rmat

ion

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

82


83

Unit title: Data modelling

Unit code: 205


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 6


Unit summary

This unit covers the use of simple logical data modelling techniques in the design of data structures for computer systems.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

84

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1.

Know

the

bas

ic c

once

pts

of

logic

al d

ata

model

ling

1.1

Id

entify

entities

, at

trib

ute

s an

d r

elat

ionsh

ips

1.2

Sta

te t

he

obje

ctiv

es o

f data

norm

alis

atio

n

1.3

Sta

te t

he

purp

ose

of

keys

2.

Use

sim

ple

dat

a m

odel

ling

tech

niq

ues

to c

reate

lo

gic

al d

ata

model

s

2.1

Id

entify

and n

ame

entities

, ass

ignin

g t

he

corr

ect

type

and s

ize

2.2

Id

entify

entity

rel

atio

nsh

ips

2.3

U

se a

sta

ndar

d n

ota

tion t

o c

reat

e a

logic

al d

ata

model

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


85

Unit title: Data Modelling

Unit code: 305

Unit reference number: L/601/3203

QCF level: 3

Credit value: 9


Unit summary

This unit covers the use of logical data modelling techniques, including normalisation, in the design of data structures for computer systems.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

86

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Under

stan

d t

he

conce

pts

of lo

gic

al d

ata

model

ling

1.1

D

escr

ibe

entities

and t

he

types

of att

ribute

s w

hic

h

can b

e ass

igned

to t

hem

1.2

D

escr

ibe

the

type

of

rela

tionsh

ips

whic

h c

an e

xist

bet

wee

n e

ntities

1.3

Exp

lain

the

obje

ctiv

es o

f data

norm

alis

atio

n a

nd

des

crib

e th

e Third N

orm

al F

orm

(3N

F)

1.4

Exp

lain

the

purp

ose

of

keys

1.5

D

escr

ibe

an a

pplic

atio

n w

her

e un-n

orm

aliz

ed o

r de-

norm

alis

ed d

ata m

ay b

e use

d

1.6

D

escr

ibe

the

types

of st

andar

d n

ota

tion w

hic

h c

an

be

use

d t

o r

epre

sent

dat

a se

ts a

s lo

gic

al d

ata

model

s

2

Use

dat

a m

odel

ling

tech

niq

ues

to c

reate

lo

gic

al d

ata

model

s

2.1

Id

entify

and n

ame

entities

, ass

ignin

g t

he

corr

ect

attr

ibute

s

2.2

Id

entify

and r

epre

sent

entity

rel

atio

nsh

ips,

as

signin

g t

he

corr

ect

type

2.3

N

orm

alis

e a

dat

a s

et t

o T

hir

d N

orm

al F

orm

(3N

F)

3

Use

dat

a m

odel

ling

tech

niq

ues

to r

efin

e lo

gic

al

dat

a m

odel

s

3.1

Id

entify

entities

whic

h w

ill b

e acc

esse

d f

or

enquiry

and/o

r updat

e

3.2

Id

entify

acc

ess

sequen

ces

and t

rigger

s

3.3

Cre

ate

acce

ss r

ule

s/m

ethods

3.4

U

se a

sta

ndar

d n

ota

tion t

o d

escr

ibe

the

logic

al d

ata

model

of a n

orm

alis

ed d

ata s

et

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

87

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

88


89

Unit title: Data Structures and Algorithms

Unit code: 405

Unit reference number: R/601/3297

QCF level: 4

Credit value: 15


Unit summary

This unit provides in depth coverage of the use of data structures in information systems, together with the algorithms associated with them.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

90

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Under

stan

d t

he

stru

cture

an

d u

ses

of va

rious

dat

a st

ruct

ure

s an

d t

hei

r as

soci

ate

d a

lgorith

ms

1.1

D

efin

e th

e te

rmin

olo

gy

use

d t

o d

escr

ibe

the

elem

ents

of dat

a st

ruct

ure

s in

cludin

g a

rrays

, lin

ked

lists

, st

acks

, queu

es,

tree

s, g

raphs

and s

ets

1.1

Exp

lain

how

one-

dim

ensi

onal

and m

ulti-

dim

ensi

onal

ar

rays

are

str

uct

ure

d a

nd p

roce

ssed

1.2

Exp

lain

how

lin

ked lis

ts (

incl

udin

g s

ingly

, doubly

an

d c

ircu

lar

linke

d lis

ts)

are

stru

cture

d a

nd

pro

cess

ed

1.3

Exp

lain

how

sta

cks

and q

ueu

es a

re s

truct

ure

d a

nd

pro

cess

ed

1.4

Exp

lain

how

tre

es a

nd g

raphs

are

str

uct

ure

d a

nd

pro

cess

ed

1.5

Exp

lain

how

set

s ar

e st

ruct

ure

d a

nd p

roce

ssed

2

Under

stan

d t

he

oper

atio

n

of es

tablis

hed

alg

orith

ms

2.1

Exp

lain

the

oper

atio

n a

nd p

erfo

rman

ce o

f so

rtin

g

and s

earc

h a

lgorith

ms

2.2

Exp

lain

the

oper

atio

n o

f re

curs

ive

algorith

ms

and

iden

tify

situat

ions

when

rec

urs

ion is

use

d

3

Sel

ect

appro

priate

data

st

ruct

ure

s an

d a

ssoci

ated

al

gorith

ms

for

spec

ifie

d

pro

ble

ms

3.1

G

iven

a s

pec

ifie

d p

roble

m,

choose

a d

ata s

truct

ure

an

d a

ssoci

ated

alg

ori

thm

and just

ify

the

sele

ctio

n

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

91

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

4

Des

crib

e th

e dat

a

stru

cture

s an

d a

ssoci

ated

al

gorith

ms

in a

non-

exec

uta

ble

pro

gra

m

spec

ific

atio

n lan

guag

e

4.1

Spec

ify

the

stru

cture

and a

ssoci

ated

alg

orith

ms

of

arra

ys,

linke

d lis

ts,

stac

ks,

queu

es,

tree

s, g

raphs

and s

ets

in w

ell-

esta

blis

hed

spec

ific

atio

n languag

es

4.2

Spec

ify

the

beh

avi

our

of so

rtin

g,

sear

chin

g a

nd

recu

rsiv

e alg

ori

thm

s usi

ng w

ell-

esta

blis

hed

sp

ecific

atio

n lan

guag

es

4.3

D

emonst

rate

the

oper

atio

n o

f data

-str

uct

ure

s an

d

algorith

ms

by

han

d e

xecu

tion o

f th

e ass

oci

ated

al

gorith

ms

with s

pec

ifie

d t

est

dat

a

5

Imple

men

t dat

a s

truct

ure

s an

d a

lgorith

ms

in a

n

exec

uta

ble

pro

gra

mm

ing

languag

e

5.1

Im

ple

men

t ar

rays

, lin

ked lis

ts,

stac

ks,

queu

es,

tree

s, g

raphs

and s

ets

in t

he

conte

xt o

f w

ell-

def

ined

pro

ble

ms

in a

n e

xecu

table

pro

gra

mm

ing

languag

e

5.2

Im

ple

men

t so

rtin

g,

sear

chin

g a

nd r

ecurs

ive

algorith

ms

in t

he

conte

xt o

f w

ell-

def

ined

pro

ble

ms

in a

n e

xecu

table

pro

gra

mm

ing lan

guag

e

5.3

D

emonst

rate

the

corr

ect

oper

ation o

f dat

a st

ruct

ure

al

gorith

ms

imple

men

ted in a

n e

xecu

table

pro

gra

mm

ing lan

guage

by

dev

isin

g a

nd e

xecu

ting

test

ing s

trat

egie

s

6

Under

stan

d h

ow

str

ings

are

stru

cture

d a

nd

pro

cess

ed

6.1

Exp

lain

the

stru

cture

of

strings

6.2

Id

entify

com

mon s

trin

g o

per

atio

ns

6.3

D

emonst

rate

the

outc

om

e of

stri

ng o

per

atio

ns

on

spec

ifie

d s

trin

gs

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

92

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


93

Unit title: Technical Fault Diagnosis

Unit code: 206


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 9


Unit summary

This unit introduces knowledge of the process, methods and information that are used in the diagnostic process and their practical application in the diagnosis of a limited range of faults. It also covers selection of remedies for identified faults and maintenance of relevant records.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

94

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Know

the

pro

cess

, m

ethods

and info

rmation

that

are

use

d in t

he

dia

gnost

ic p

roce

ss

1.1

Id

entify

the

step

s of th

e dia

gnost

ic p

roce

ss

incl

udin

g:

–

fault v

alid

ation

–

info

rmat

ion g

ather

ing

–

info

rmat

ion a

nal

ysis

–

solu

tion iden

tifica

tion.

1.2

D

escr

ibe

the

types

of dia

gnost

ic info

rmat

ion t

hat

ar

e co

mm

only

nee

ded

and t

hei

r purp

ose

1.3

D

escr

ibe

com

mon d

iagnost

ic m

ethods

to incl

ude:

–

subst

itution

–

replic

atio

n

–

per

form

ance

and funct

ional te

stin

g

–

envi

ronm

ent

chan

ge.

1.4

Li

st t

ypic

al co

nsi

der

atio

ns

affe

ctin

g fau

lt d

iagnosi

s,

eg

–

min

imis

atio

n o

f se

rvic

e dis

ruption d

uri

ng

dia

gnost

ics

–

indiv

idual

res

ponsi

bili

ty a

nd a

uth

ority

–

esca

lation p

roce

dure

–

leve

l of

serv

ice.

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

95

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2

Apply

pro

cess

es t

o

dia

gnose

fau

lts

with a

kn

ow

n r

ange

of

cause

s an

d a

ssis

t in

the

dia

gnosi

s of oth

er fau

lts

2.1

Corr

ectly

use

appro

priat

e dia

gnost

ic t

ools

eg

–

elec

tric

al/e

lect

ronic

tes

t in

stru

men

ts

–

on-b

oar

d s

elf-

test

pro

gra

ms

–

loopback

dev

ices

–

on-l

ine/

rem

ote

monitoring

–

dia

gnost

ic s

oft

war

e.

2.2

Effec

tive

ly u

se g

iven

sourc

es o

f in

form

atio

n t

o

support

dia

gnosi

s

2.3

Anal

yse

info

rmat

ion t

o iden

tify

the

cause

of fa

ults,

usi

ng t

wo o

f th

e fo

llow

ing a

ppro

aches

:

–

gap

analy

sis

–

iden

tifica

tion o

f ca

use

and e

ffec

t

–

flow

char

ts.

3

Sel

ect

fault r

emed

ies

from

giv

en a

lter

native

s 3.1

Sel

ect,

fro

m g

iven

alter

nat

ives

, a

suitab

le r

emed

y to

rec

tify

iden

tified

fau

lts

taki

ng into

acc

ount

the

follo

win

g:

–

busi

nes

s or

serv

ice

impac

t

–

reso

urc

e and s

kill

ava

ilabili

ty

–

ease

of im

ple

men

tation.

3.2

Id

entify

poss

ible

way

s to

pre

vent

reocc

urr

ence

of

dia

gnose

d f

aults

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

96

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

4

Mai

nta

in d

iagnosi

s an

d

rem

edy

reco

rds

4.1

Acc

ura

tely

docu

men

t th

e dia

gnosi

s act

ivitie

s under

take

n incl

udin

g:

–

fault d

escr

iption

–

support

ing info

rmat

ion

–

dia

gnost

ic t

ools

etc

use

d

–

cause

of fa

ult

–

rem

edy

sele

cted

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


97


Unit code: 306


QCF level: 3

Credit value: 12


Unit summary

This unit develops a detailed understanding of the process, methods and information that are used in the diagnostic process and their practical application in the diagnosis to a range of faults. It also covers selection of remedies for identified faults and maintenance of relevant records.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

98

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Under

stan

d t

he

pro

cess

es,

met

hods

and info

rmation

that

are

use

d in t

he

dia

gnost

ic p

roce

ss

1.1

D

escr

ibe

the

step

s of

the

dia

gnost

ic p

roce

ss

incl

udin

g:

–

fault v

alid

ation

–

info

rmat

ion g

ather

ing

–

info

rmat

ion a

nal

ysis

–

solu

tion iden

tifica

tion.

1.2

D

escr

ibe

the

types

of dia

gnost

ic info

rmat

ion t

hat

ar

e co

mm

only

nee

ded

:

–

pro

ble

m d

escr

iption

–

pro

ble

m h

isto

ry

–

pro

ble

m loca

tion

–

tech

nic

al info

rmat

ion o

n a

spec

ifie

d r

ange

of

pro

duct

s in

cludin

g t

he

syst

em u

nder

in

vest

igation.

1.3

Exp

lain

the

follo

win

g d

iagnost

ic m

ethods

and g

ive

exam

ple

s of th

eir

appro

priat

e use

:

–

subst

itution

–

replic

atio

n

–

per

form

ance

and funct

ional te

stin

g

–

envi

ronm

ent

chan

ge.

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

99

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1.4

Exp

lain

how

the

follo

win

g c

onsi

der

atio

ns

can a

ffec

t fa

ult d

iagnosi

s:

–

min

imis

atio

n o

f se

rvic

e dis

ruption d

uri

ng

dia

gnost

ics

–

indiv

idual

res

ponsi

bili

ty a

nd a

uth

ority

–

esca

lation p

roce

dure

–

serv

ice

leve

l ag

reem

ents

.

1.5

In

terp

ret

det

aile

d t

echnic

al info

rmat

ion o

n a

ran

ge

of pro

duct

s

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

100

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2

Be

able

to d

iagnose

fau

lts

with a

wid

e ra

nge

of

cause

s

2.1

Sel

ect

and c

orr

ectly

use

appro

priat

e dia

gnost

ic

tools

to c

arr

y out

non-r

outine

dia

gnosi

s

2.2

Sel

ect

and u

se g

iven

sourc

es o

f dia

gnost

ic a

nd

oth

er t

echnic

al info

rmat

ion

2.3

Id

entify

and inte

rpre

t re

leva

nt

info

rmation t

o

support

the

dia

gnosi

s

2.4

Anal

yse

info

rmat

ion t

o d

iagnose

fau

lts

with a

wid

e ra

nge

of

cause

s, u

sing a

t le

ast

thre

e of th

e fo

llow

ing a

ppro

ach

es:

–

tren

d a

nal

ysis

–

what

-if sc

enar

ios

–

gap

analy

sis

–

iden

tifica

tion o

f ca

use

and e

ffec

t

–

flow

char

ts.

2.5

D

escr

ibe

poss

ible

ways

to p

reve

nt

reocc

urr

ence

of

dia

gnose

d f

aults

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

101

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

3

Sel

ect

rem

edie

s fo

r non-

routine

faults

3.1

Sel

ect

a s

uitab

le r

emed

y to

rec

tify

iden

tified

fau

lts

taki

ng into

acc

ount

the

follo

win

g:

–

busi

nes

s or

serv

ice

impac

t

–

reso

urc

e and s

kill

ava

ilabili

ty

–

ease

of im

ple

men

tation

–

cost

effec

tive

nes

s

–

per

form

ance

–

com

pat

ibili

ty

–

tim

e

–

per

man

ence

.

3.2

Id

entify

poss

ible

way

s to

pre

vent

reocc

urr

ence

of

dia

gnose

d f

aults

4

Mai

nta

in d

iagnosi

s an

d

rem

edy

reco

rds

4.1

Acc

ura

tely

docu

men

t th

e dia

gnosi

s act

ivitie

s under

take

n incl

udin

g:

–

fault d

escr

iption

–

support

ing info

rmat

ion

–

dia

gnost

ic t

ools

etc

use

d

–

cause

of fa

ult

–

rem

edy

sele

cted

.

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

102

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


103


Unit code: 406


QCF level Level 4

Credit value: 15


Unit summary

This unit is about the ability to apply processes and techniques designed to diagnose the causes of faults within a technical context. In most situations this will be followed by the identification of an appropriate remedy for the identified fault (see Technical Fault Remedy Selection AOC).

Faults in the context of IT and telecoms, normally relate to the failure of a system or equipment to act according to normal operating specifications. Faults can be manifested as complete or intermittent failures to operate; erratic or irregular operation; or operation below specified capacity.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

104

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Under

stan

d t

he

org

anis

atio

n’s

m

ainte

nan

ce p

hilo

sophy

and t

he

met

hods

and

info

rmat

ion it

requir

es

1.1

D

escr

ibe

the

mai

nte

nan

ce p

hilo

sophy

and

pro

cess

es u

sed b

y th

e org

anis

ation

1.2

Exp

lain

the

types

of

dia

gnost

ic info

rmat

ion t

hat

are

co

mm

only

nee

ded

:

–

pro

ble

m d

escr

iption

–

pro

ble

m h

isto

ry

–

pro

ble

m loca

tion

–

tech

nic

al info

rmat

ion o

n a

spec

ifie

d r

ange

of

pro

duct

s in

cludin

g t

he

syst

em u

nder

in

vest

igation.

1.3

Exp

lain

the

follo

win

g d

iagnost

ic m

ethods

and g

ive

exam

ple

s of th

eir

appro

priat

e use

:

–

subst

itution

–

replic

atio

n

–

per

form

ance

and funct

ional te

stin

g

envi

ronm

ent

chan

ge.

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

105

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1.4

Exp

lain

how

the

follo

win

g c

onsi

der

atio

ns

can a

ffec

t fa

ult d

iagnosi

s:

–

min

imis

atio

n o

f se

rvic

e dis

ruption d

uri

ng

dia

gnost

ics

–

indiv

idual

res

ponsi

bili

ty a

nd a

uth

ority

–

esca

lation p

roce

dure

–

serv

ice

leve

l ag

reem

ents

.

1.5

In

terp

ret

spec

ialis

t te

chnic

al in

form

atio

n o

n a

ran

ge

of pro

duct

s

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

106

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2

Mai

nta

in t

he

dia

gnost

ic

pro

cess

and p

rovi

de

spec

ialis

t su

pport

to

oth

ers

2.1

D

evel

op d

iagnost

ic t

ools

2.2

Rev

iew

and s

pec

ify

appro

ved s

ourc

es o

f dia

gnost

ic

info

rmat

ion

2.3

Rev

iew

and s

pec

ify

docu

men

tation a

nd o

ther

re

cord

ing s

yste

ms

to s

upport

dia

gnosi

s

2.4

Anal

yse

info

rmat

ion

acro

ss a

wid

e ra

nge

of

faults

to iden

tify

com

mon iss

ues

2.5

Rev

iew

and s

pec

ify

pro

cess

es f

or

iden

tify

ing iss

ues

su

ch a

s:

–

poor

pro

duct

des

ign

–

poor

man

ufa

cture

–

poor

per

form

ance

–

poor

imple

men

tation

–

hig

h r

ate

s of

failu

re.

2.6

Pr

ovi

de

spec

ialis

t guid

ance

to s

upport

dia

gnosi

s

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

107

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

3

Sel

ect

and im

pro

ve

appro

ach

es t

o r

emed

y fo

r non-r

outine

faults

3.1

Rev

iew

and s

pec

ify

suitab

le r

emed

ies

to r

ectify

id

entified

fau

lts

taki

ng into

acc

ount

the

follo

win

g:

–

busi

nes

s or

serv

ice

impac

t

–

reso

urc

e and s

kill

ava

ilabili

ty

–

ease

of im

ple

men

tation

–

cost

effec

tive

nes

s

–

per

form

ance

–

com

pat

ibili

ty

–

tim

e

–

per

man

ence

.

3.2

Id

entify

poss

ible

way

s to

pre

vent

reocc

urr

ence

of

dia

gnose

d f

aults

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

108


109

Unit title: Working with ICT Hardware and Equipment

Unit code: 107


QCF level: 1

Credit value: 9


Unit summary

Hardware and equipment in the context of ICT can include: cables, PC boards, racks, rack mounted equipment, poles, masts, aerials, large computer systems. Work can be carried out on, for example: a single monitor or keyboard by a technical courier, single or networked systems or a telephone exchange by a team of technicians/engineers.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

110

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Know

how

to c

arry

out

work

under

dir

ection

1.1

D

escr

ibe

the

rele

vant

par

ts o

f th

e w

ork

ing p

roce

ss

such

as:

–

tools

and t

echniq

ues

to b

e use

d

–

pro

cedure

s to

be

follo

wed

–

pro

cedure

s fo

r in

form

atio

n r

ecord

ing.

1.2

Exp

lain

how

reg

ula

tory

req

uirem

ents

aff

ect

ow

n

work

2

Car

ry o

ut

work

under

direc

tion

2.1

U

se s

pec

ifie

d t

ools

and t

echniq

ues

saf

ely

2.2

Fo

llow

spec

ifie

d w

ork

ing p

roce

dure

s su

ch a

s:

–

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty

–

qual

ity

–

use

of

tools

–

configura

tion

–

test

ing

–

logis

tics

–

was

te d

isposa

l

–

pro

ble

m e

scal

atio

n

–

info

rmat

ion r

ecord

ing

–

obta

inin

g w

ork

per

mis

sions

–

secu

rity

and c

onfiden

tial

ity.

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

111

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.3

Rec

ord

spec

ifie

d info

rmat

ion c

onnec

ted w

ith w

ork

ac

tivi

ties

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

112


113


Unit code: 207

Unit reference number: K/500/7382

QCF level: 2

Credit value: 9


Unit summary




B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

114

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Know

how

to p

lan a

nd

carr

y out

a r

ange

of IC

T

har

dw

are

and e

quip

men

t w

ork

act

ivitie

s under

direc

tion

1.1

D

escr

ibe

the

work

ing p

roce

ss s

uch

as:

–

tools

and t

echniq

ues

to b

e use

d

–

pro

cedure

s to

be

follo

wed

–

pro

cedure

s fo

r in

form

atio

n r

ecord

ing

–

cust

om

er r

equirem

ents

–

pro

duct

spec

ific

ations

–

pla

nnin

g o

wn w

ork

.

1.2

Exp

lain

how

reg

ula

tory

req

uirem

ents

aff

ect

work

ac

tivi

ties

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

115

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2

Pla

n a

nd c

arry

out

a ra

nge

of IC

T h

ardw

are

and

equip

men

t w

ork

act

ivitie

s under

direc

tion

2.1

U

se a

ppro

priat

e to

ols

and t

echniq

ues

safe

ly

2.2

Fo

llow

rel

evan

t w

ork

ing p

roce

dure

s su

ch a

s:

–

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty

–

qual

ity

–

use

of

tools

–

configura

tion

–

test

ing;

logis

tics

–

was

te d

isposa

l

–

pro

ble

m e

scal

atio

n

–

info

rmat

ion r

ecord

ing

–

obta

inin

g w

ork

per

mis

sions

–

secu

rity

and c

onfiden

tial

ity

–

cust

om

er a

ccep

tance

–

com

mis

sionin

g

–

pro

duct

reg

istr

atio

n.

2.3

O

bta

in s

pec

ifie

d r

esourc

es

2.4

Rec

ord

rel

evan

t in

form

atio

n

2.5

Com

munic

ate

the

pro

gre

ss a

nd o

utc

om

e of w

ork

to

the

appro

priat

e peo

ple

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

116

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

3

Min

imis

e ri

sks

rela

ted t

o

ICT h

ardw

are

and

equip

men

t w

ork

act

ivitie

s

3.1

Ass

ess

and m

inim

ise

risk

s re

late

d t

o w

ork

act

ivitie

s su

ch a

s:

–

loss

or

corr

uption o

f dat

a

–

loss

of

serv

ice

–

dam

age

to e

quip

men

t.

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


117


Unit code: 307


QCF level: 3

Credit value: 12


Unit summary




B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

118

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Know

how

to p

lan a

nd

carr

y out

or

direc

t a

wid

e ra

nge

of w

ork

act

ivitie

s

1.1

D

escr

ibe

the

work

ing p

roce

ss s

uch

as:

–

tools

and t

echniq

ues

to b

e use

d

–

pro

cedure

s to

be

follo

wed

–

pro

cedure

s fo

r in

form

atio

n r

ecord

ing

–

cust

om

er r

equirem

ents

–

pro

duct

spec

ific

ations

–

work

pla

nnin

g

–

reso

urc

e al

loca

tion.

1.2

D

escr

ibe

the

appro

priat

e use

s of to

ols

and

tech

niq

ues

1.3

Exp

lain

whic

h r

egula

tory

req

uirem

ents

aff

ect

work

ac

tivi

ties

and h

ow

they

do s

o

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

119

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2

Plan

and c

arry

out

or

direc

t a w

ide

range

of

work

act

ivitie

s

2.1

Sel

ect,

adap

t an

d u

se r

elev

ant

tools

and t

echniq

ues

sa

fely

2.2

Pr

ovi

de

tech

nic

al advi

ce t

o s

upport

work

ing

pro

cedure

s su

ch a

s:

–

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty

–

qual

ity

–

use

of

tools

–

configura

tion

–

test

ing;

logis

tics

–

was

te d

isposa

l

–

pro

ble

m e

scal

atio

n

–

info

rmat

ion r

ecord

ing

–

obta

inin

g w

ork

per

mis

sions

–

secu

rity

and c

onfiden

tial

ity

–

cust

om

er a

ccep

tance

–

com

mis

sionin

g

–

pro

duct

reg

istr

atio

n

–

inte

gra

tion.

2.3

O

bta

in a

nd a

lloca

te r

equired

mat

eria

ls

2.4

Rec

ord

rel

evan

t in

form

atio

n

2.5

Com

munic

ate

the

pro

gre

ss a

nd o

utc

om

e of w

ork

to

the

appro

priat

e peo

ple

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

120

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

3

Min

imis

e ri

sks

rela

ted t

o

work

act

ivitie

s 3.1

Pr

ovi

de

support

and a

dvi

ce in a

sses

sing a

nd

min

imis

ing r

isks

rel

ated

to w

ork

act

ivitie

s su

ch a

s:

–

loss

or

corr

uption o

f dat

a

–

loss

of

serv

ice

–

dam

age

to e

quip

men

t

–

effe

cts

on c

ust

om

er o

per

atio

ns.

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


121

Unit title: Working with ICT hardware and equipment Level 4

Unit code: 407


QCF level: 4

Credit value: 15


Unit summary

This unit provides the skills and knowledge required to take a supervisory or leadership role in dealing with ICT hardware and equipment. This can include cabling, PC boards, racks, rack mounted equipment, poles, masts, aerials, large computer systems. Work can be carried out on, for example, by a single monitor or keyboard by a technical courier, single or networked systems or a telephone exchange by a team of technicians/engineers.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

122

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

man

age

work

ing p

ract

ices

fo

r IC

T h

ardw

are

and

equip

men

t

1.1

Exp

lain

how

to a

lign p

roce

sses

with o

rgan

isat

ional

obje

ctiv

es a

nd c

ust

om

er n

eeds

1.2

Exp

lain

the

appro

priat

e use

s of to

ols

and

tech

niq

ues

1.3

Exp

lain

whic

h r

egula

tory

req

uirem

ents

mig

ht

affe

ct

work

ing p

roce

dure

s and h

ow

to t

ake

them

into

ac

count.

2

Man

age

and im

pro

ve

work

ing p

ract

ices

rel

atin

g

to I

CT h

ardw

are

and

equip

men

t

2.1

Sel

ect,

adap

t an

d u

se r

elev

ant

tools

and t

echniq

ues

sa

fely

2.2

Cre

ate

and im

ple

men

t w

ork

ing p

roce

dure

s re

lating

to t

he

use

of IC

T h

ardw

are

and e

quip

men

t

2.3

O

bta

in a

nd a

lloca

te r

equired

mat

eria

ls

2.4

Rec

ord

rel

evan

t in

form

atio

n

2.5

Com

munic

ate

the

pro

gre

ss a

nd o

utc

om

e of w

ork

to

the

appro

priat

e peo

ple

2.6

D

evel

op d

ocu

men

tation t

o s

upport

eff

ective

w

ork

ing p

ract

ices

2.7

D

evel

op t

ools

to e

nab

le m

ore

eff

icie

nt

work

ing

pra

ctic

es

2.8

Contr

ibute

to t

he

dev

elopm

ent

of th

e org

anis

atio

n's

w

ork

str

ateg

y

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

123

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

3

Be

able

to im

pro

ve

work

ing p

ract

ices

to

min

imis

e ri

sk t

o t

he

org

anis

atio

n

3.1

Im

pro

ve w

ork

ing p

ract

ices

in o

rder

to a

sses

s an

d

min

imis

e risk

s

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


124


125

Unit title: Introduction to IT Systems Development

Unit code: 208


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 6


Unit summary

This unit covers the investigation of existing systems and processes and the analysis of information to identify needs and constraints.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

126

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Under

stan

d I

T S

yste

ms

and t

he

role

s of

IT

per

sonnel

1.1

Exp

lain

the

role

of IT

Sys

tem

s in

soci

ety

1.2

D

escr

ibe

the

maj

or

com

ponen

ts o

f a c

onte

mpora

ry

IT S

yste

m

1.3

D

escr

ibe

the

role

s of per

sonnel

in t

he

dev

elopm

ent,

oper

atio

n a

nd u

se o

f IT

Sys

tem

2

Under

stan

d I

T S

yste

ms

Dev

elopm

ent

Life

Cyc

le

(SD

LC)

model

s

2.1

D

escr

ibe

top d

ow

n,

bott

om

up a

nd inte

gra

ted

appro

ach

es t

o I

T S

yste

ms

dev

elopm

ent

2.2

Exp

lain

the

purp

ose

s of th

e in

itia

tion,

analy

sis,

des

ign a

nd im

ple

men

tation p

hase

s of th

e IT

SD

LC

2.3

Id

entify

the

adva

nta

ges

and d

isad

vanta

ges

of

the

trad

itio

nal

(‘w

ater

fall’

) SD

LC m

odel

2.4

D

escr

ibe

two o

ther

SD

LC m

odel

s, iden

tify

ing t

he

type

of dev

elopm

ent

for

whic

h t

hey

are

suited

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

127

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

3

Under

stan

d I

T S

yste

ms

Dev

elopm

ent

Life

Cyc

le

(SD

LC)

conce

pts

and

pro

cess

es

3.1

D

escr

ibe

the

adva

nta

ges

and d

isad

vanta

ges

of

the

follo

win

g s

olu

tion t

ypes

:

–

pac

kaged

(‘o

ff t

he

shel

f’)

–

bes

poke

–

com

bin

atio

n o

f pac

kaged

and b

espoke

–

upgra

de

3.2

Exp

lain

the

import

ance

of

qual

ity

ass

ura

nce

and

mee

ting c

ust

om

er r

equirem

ents

during t

he

IT S

DLC

an

d t

he

mea

ns

by

whic

h t

hey

can

be

achie

ved

3.3

Des

crib

e th

e ap

plic

abili

ty o

f th

e fo

llow

ing m

ethods

of

gat

her

ing info

rmation:

–

inte

rvie

ws

–

obse

rvat

ions

–

ques

tionnaires

–

exam

inat

ion o

f re

cord

s an

d d

ocu

men

ts

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

128


129

Unit title: Investigating and Defining Customer Requirements for ICT Systems

Unit code: 308


QCF level: 3

Credit value: 12


Unit summary

This unit covers the investigation of existing systems and processes and the analysis of information to identify needs and constraints.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

130

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Inve

stig

ate

exis

ting

syst

ems

and p

roce

sses

1.1

U

se t

hre

e of th

e fo

llow

ing inve

stig

ativ

e m

ethods:

–

obse

rvat

ions

–

exam

inat

ion o

f ex

isting d

ocu

men

ts,

reco

rds

or

soft

war

e

–

ques

tionnaires

–

site

surv

eys.

1.2

Rec

ord

the

resu

lts

of

inve

stig

ations

usi

ng s

tandar

d

docu

men

tation

1.3

Exp

lain

the

import

ance

of

pre

serv

ing t

he

confiden

tialit

y of cu

stom

er info

rmat

ion

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

131

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2

Anal

yse

info

rmat

ion t

o

iden

tify

nee

ds

and

const

rain

ts

2.1

D

escr

ibe

the

type

of

def

ect,

incl

udin

g inac

cura

cy,

duplic

atio

n a

nd o

mis

sion,

whic

h c

an a

rise

in

info

rmat

ion

2.2

D

escr

ibe

the

types

of cu

stom

er n

eeds

and

const

rain

ts w

hic

h c

an a

ffec

t th

e des

ign o

f an I

CT

syst

em

2.3

Anal

yse

info

rmat

ion t

o iden

tify

cust

om

er n

eeds

for:

–

dat

a to

be

store

d a

nd p

roce

ssed

–

funct

ional

ity

in t

erm

s of in

puts

, pro

cess

es a

nd

outp

uts

–

capac

ity

incl

udin

g n

um

ber

s of use

rs,

thro

ughput,

an

d d

ata s

tora

ge.

2.4

Anal

yse

info

rmat

ion t

o iden

tify

cust

om

er

const

rain

ts

2.5

Rec

ord

the

resu

lts

of

anal

yses

usi

ng s

tandar

d

docu

men

tation

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

132


133

Unit title: Investigating and Defining Customer Requirements for ICT Systems

Unit code: 408


QCF level: 4

Credit value: 15


Unit summary

This unit provides the skills, knowledge and understanding requirements to take a leading role in the investigation and definition of customer requirements for ICT systems and services.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

134

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Contr

ol th

e in

vest

igation

of ex

isting a

nd p

ropose

d

syst

ems

and p

roce

sses

1.1

Sel

ect

and u

se t

he

inve

stig

ativ

e m

ethods

whic

h w

ill

elic

it r

elev

ant

info

rmat

ion a

bout

exis

ting a

nd

pro

pose

d s

yste

ms

and p

roce

sses

1.2

Cre

ate

the

docu

men

tation r

equired

to r

ecord

the

resu

lts

of

inve

stig

atio

ns

1.3

Ensu

re t

hat

inve

stig

ative

met

hods

are

applie

d

corr

ectly

and a

ll re

leva

nt

info

rmat

ion is

reco

rded

usi

ng s

tandar

d d

ocu

men

tation

1.4

Ensu

re t

hat

the

confiden

tial

ity

of

cust

om

er

info

rmat

ion is

pre

serv

ed

1.5

Pr

ovi

de

advi

ce a

nd g

uid

ance

to c

olle

agues

on

inve

stig

ation a

nd a

nal

ysis

of in

form

ation

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

135

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2

Anal

yse

info

rmation

to

iden

tify

nee

ds

and

const

rain

ts

2.1

Exp

lain

the

types

of

def

ect,

and t

hei

r ca

use

s w

hic

h

can

aris

e in

info

rmation

2.2

D

escr

ibe

met

hods

of m

inim

isin

g d

efec

ts in

info

rmat

ion.

2.3

Exp

lain

how

cust

om

er n

eeds

and c

onst

rain

ts c

an

affe

ct t

he

des

ign o

f an I

CT s

yste

m

2.4

Anal

yse

info

rmation t

o iden

tify

cust

om

er n

eeds

and p

riorities

for:

–

dat

a to

be

store

d a

nd p

roce

ssed

–

funct

ional

ity

in t

erm

s of in

puts

, pro

cess

es a

nd

outp

uts

–

capac

ity

incl

udin

g n

um

ber

s o

f use

rs,

th

roughput,

and d

ata

st

ora

ge.

2.5

Anal

yse

info

rmat

ion t

o iden

tify

cust

om

er

const

rain

ts

2.6

Ver

ify

that

iden

tified

nee

ds,

priorities

and

const

rain

ts m

eet

cust

om

er r

equirem

ents

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

136


137

Unit title: Managing Software Development

Unit code: 309


QCF level: 3

Credit value: 12


Unit summary

Software development commences with an agreed requirements definition and covers the creation of software designs, creation of the actual software components and finally installation and testing of the software.

Level 3 would include the supervision of a small team of developers often working on a defined part of a large project, or responsible for a small project.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

138

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Under

stan

d t

he

tech

nic

al

aspec

ts o

f th

e so

ftw

are

dev

elopm

ent

work

of

oth

ers

1.1

D

escr

ibe

what

org

anis

atio

nal

req

uirem

ents

to follo

w

rela

ting t

o:

–

form

, co

nte

nt

and s

truct

ure

of

pro

gra

m d

esig

ns

–

styl

e fo

r in

tern

al d

ocu

men

tation o

f so

ftw

are

com

ponen

ts

–

conve

ntions

for

nam

ing o

f so

ftw

are

com

ponen

ts

–

form

at,

conte

nt

and p

rese

nta

tion o

f m

ainte

nan

ce d

ocu

men

tation.

1.2

D

escr

ibe

the

soft

ware

dev

elopm

ent

pro

cedure

s to

be

follo

wed

incl

udin

g:

–

crea

ting d

etai

led d

esig

ns,

soft

war

e co

mponen

ts

and d

ocu

men

tation

–

test

ing a

nd inst

allin

g s

oft

war

e

–

crea

ting o

utlin

e des

igns

–

spec

ifyi

ng r

untim

e en

viro

nm

ents

.

2

Super

vise

the

tech

nic

al

aspec

ts o

f th

e so

ftw

are

dev

elopm

ent

work

of

oth

ers

2.1

Pr

ovi

de

guid

ance

on s

pec

ifie

d o

rgan

isational

re

quirem

ents

and p

roce

dure

s to

im

med

iate

co

lleag

ues

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

139

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

140


141

Unit title: Computer Games Development

Unit code: 210


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 4


Unit summary

This unit introduces computer game components and the computer games industry. It also covers the fundamentals of developing computer games.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

142

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Know

com

pute

r gam

e co

mponen

ts a

nd t

he

com

pute

r gam

es indust

ry

1.1

Id

entify

the

har

dw

are

and s

oft

war

e co

mponen

ts o

f a

video

gam

e sy

stem

1.2

Id

entify

the

activi

ties

req

uired

to d

evel

op m

oder

n

com

pute

r gam

es

1.3

D

escr

ibe

the

featu

res

of an

exi

stin

g c

om

pute

r gam

e

2

Know

how

to d

evel

op a

co

mpute

r gam

e sp

ecific

atio

n

2.1

Contr

ibute

to t

he

pro

duct

ion o

f a

pre

-pro

duct

ion

pro

posa

l docu

men

t fo

r a c

om

pute

r gam

e pro

ject

2.2

Id

entify

the

com

ponen

ts r

equired

to d

evel

op a

co

mpute

r gam

e

2.3

Contr

ibute

to t

he

pro

duct

ions

of an

im

ple

men

tation

pla

n f

or

a co

mpute

r gam

e dev

elopm

ent

3

Imple

men

t a

com

ponen

t of a c

om

pute

r gam

e 3.1

D

esig

n a

com

ponen

t of a c

om

pute

r gam

e

3.2

D

evel

op a

com

ponen

t of a

com

pute

r gam

e

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


143

Unit title: Computer Games Development

Unit code: 310


QCF level: 3

Credit value: 10


Unit summary

This unit provides detailed coverage of computer games architecture and components and also the computer games industry. It also involves the evaluation, specification and implementation of computer games.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

144

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Under

stan

d c

om

pute

r gam

e arc

hitec

ture

and

com

ponen

ts

1.1

D

escr

ibe

the

har

dw

are

and s

oft

war

e co

mponen

ts o

f a

video

gam

e sy

stem

2

Under

stan

d t

he

com

pute

r gam

es indust

ry

2.1

D

escr

ibe

the

stag

es o

f ev

olu

tion o

f co

mpute

r gam

e in

dust

ry

2.2

D

escr

ibe

the

role

s and a

ctiv

itie

s re

quired

to d

evel

op

moder

n c

om

pute

r gam

es

2.3

Exp

lain

com

pute

r gam

e dev

elopm

ent

pro

cess

es a

nd

term

inolo

gy

2.4

Exp

lain

com

pute

r gam

e pro

gra

mm

ing m

ethods

and

tech

niq

ues

3

Be

able

to e

valu

ate

exis

ting c

om

pute

r gam

es

3.1

Pr

oduce

a s

truct

ure

d e

valu

atio

n o

f an

exi

stin

g

com

pute

r gam

e

4

Dev

elop a

com

pute

r gam

e sp

ecific

atio

n

4.1

Pr

oduce

a p

re-p

roduct

ion p

roposa

l docu

men

t fo

r a

com

pute

r gam

e pro

ject

4.2

Id

entify

the

com

ponen

ts r

equired

to d

evel

op a

co

mpute

r gam

e

4.3

Pr

oduce

an im

ple

men

tation p

lan for

a co

mpute

r gam

e dev

elopm

ent

5

Imple

men

t el

emen

ts o

f a

com

pute

r gam

e 5.1

D

esig

n c

om

ponen

ts o

f a c

om

pute

r gam

e

5.2

D

evel

op c

om

ponen

ts o

f a c

om

pute

r gam

e

5.3

Tes

t co

mponen

ts o

f a

com

pute

r gam

e

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

145

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

146


147

Unit title: Creating a Procedural Computer Program

Unit code: 211


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 10


Unit summary

This unit introduces the fundamental concepts of procedural computer languages and their use to implement, refine and test a computer program.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

148

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Imple

men

t so

ftw

are

usi

ng

pro

cedura

l pro

gra

mm

ing

1.1

Sel

ect,

dec

lare

and initia

lise

vari

able

and d

ata

stru

cture

typ

es a

nd s

izes

to m

eet

giv

en

requirem

ents

1.2

Im

ple

men

t co

ntr

ol st

ruct

ure

s

1.3

D

ecla

re f

ile s

truct

ure

s

1.4

U

se s

tandard

input/

outp

ut

com

man

ds

1.5

U

se o

per

ato

rs a

nd p

redef

ined

funct

ions

1.6

Corr

ectly

use

para

met

er p

ass

ing m

echan

ism

s

2

Ref

ine

a p

roce

dura

l pro

gra

mm

e to

im

pro

ve

qual

ity

2.1

Fo

llow

an a

gre

ed s

tandar

d f

or

nam

ing,

com

men

ts

and c

ode

layo

ut

2.2

Im

ple

men

t dat

a v

alid

atio

n f

or

inputs

2.3

Im

ple

men

t er

ror-

han

dlin

g a

nd r

eport

ing

2.4

Cre

ate

docu

men

tation t

o a

ssis

t th

e use

rs o

f a

com

pute

r pro

gra

mm

e

3

Tes

t th

e oper

atio

n o

f a

pro

cedura

l pro

gra

mm

e 3.1

U

se a

vaila

ble

deb

uggin

g t

ools

3.2

D

eter

min

e ex

pec

ted t

est

resu

lts

from

giv

en t

est

dat

a

3.3

Com

par

e act

ual

tes

t re

sults

agai

nst

exp

ecte

d

resu

lts

to iden

tify

dis

crep

anci

es

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

149

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

150


151

Unit title: Creating a Procedural Computer Program

Unit code: 311


QCF level: 3

Credit value: 12


Unit summary

This unit covers more advanced concepts of procedural computer languages and their use to implement, refine and test computer programs.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

152

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Imple

men

t a

soft

war

e des

ign u

sing pro

cedura

l pro

gra

mm

ing

1.1

Id

entify

the

pro

gra

m m

odule

s and d

ata a

nd file

st

ruct

ure

s re

quired

to im

ple

men

t a g

iven

des

ign

1.2

Sel

ect,

dec

lare

and initia

lise

vari

able

and d

ata

stru

cture

typ

es a

nd s

izes

to im

ple

men

t des

ign

requirem

ents

1.3

Sel

ect

and im

ple

men

t co

ntr

ol st

ruct

ure

s to

mee

t th

e des

ign a

lgorith

ms

1.4

Sel

ect

and d

ecla

re file

str

uct

ure

s to

mee

t des

ign file

st

ora

ge

requirem

ents

1.4

Sel

ect

and u

se s

tandar

d input/

outp

ut

com

man

ds

to

imple

men

t des

ign r

equirem

ents

1.5

M

ake

effe

ctiv

e use

of

oper

ato

rs a

nd p

redef

ined

fu

nct

ions

1.6

Corr

ectly

use

para

met

er p

ass

ing m

echan

ism

s

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

153

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2

Ref

ine

a p

roce

dura

l pro

gra

m t

o im

pro

ve

qual

ity

2.1

U

se a

n a

gre

ed s

tandard

for

nam

ing,

com

men

ts a

nd

code

layo

ut

2.2

D

efin

e use

r fu

nct

ions

to r

epla

ce r

epea

ting c

ode

sequen

ces

2.3

Im

ple

men

t dat

a v

alid

atio

n f

or

inputs

2.4

Id

entify

and im

ple

men

t opport

unitie

s fo

r er

ror-

han

dlin

g a

nd r

eport

ing

3

Tes

t th

e oper

atio

n o

f a

pro

cedura

l pro

gra

m

3.1

M

ake

effe

ctiv

e use

of

avai

lable

deb

uggin

g t

ools

3.2

Pr

epare

a t

est

stra

tegy

3.3

Sel

ect

suitab

le t

est

dat

a an

d d

eter

min

e ex

pec

ted

test

res

ults

3.4

Rec

ord

act

ual

tes

t re

sults

to e

nab

le c

om

par

ison

with e

xpec

ted r

esults

3.5

Anal

yse

actu

al t

est

resu

lts

again

st e

xpec

ted r

esults

to iden

tify

dis

crep

anci

es

3.6

In

vest

igat

e te

st d

iscr

epan

cies

to iden

tify

and r

ectify

th

eir

cause

s

4

Docu

men

t a

com

pute

r pro

gra

m

4.1

Cre

ate

docu

men

tation t

o a

ssis

t th

e use

rs o

f a

com

pute

r pro

gra

m

4.2

Cre

ate

docu

men

tation for

the

support

and

mai

nte

nan

ce o

f a c

om

pute

r pro

gra

m

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

154

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


155

Unit title: Designing and Developing Procedural Computer Programs

Unit code: 411


QCF level: 4

Credit value: 15


Unit summary

To provide the learner with the skills and competencies to carry out the development of a procedural computer program from design to testing in a professional capacity, and to understand a range of issues concerned with software development activities



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

156

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Des

ign p

roce

dura

l pro

gra

ms

to a

ddre

ss

loose

ly-d

efin

ed p

roble

ms

1.1

Id

entify

and s

truct

ure

pro

cedure

s an

d funct

ions

to

addre

ss p

roble

ms

1.2

Sel

ect

and u

se lib

rary

funct

ions

and p

roce

dure

s

1.3

Str

uct

ure

the

des

ign w

ith r

egar

d t

o c

ouplin

g a

nd

cohes

ion

1.4

Spec

ify

the

beh

avi

our

of fu

nct

ions

and p

roce

dure

s to

allo

w e

ffic

ient

imple

men

tation,

sele

ctin

g

appro

priat

e dat

a t

ypes

, dat

a and file

str

uct

ure

s an

d

algorith

ms

1.5

Rec

ord

the

des

ign u

sing w

ell-

esta

blis

hed

nota

tions

2

Produce

a w

ork

ing

pro

cedura

l pro

gra

m w

hic

h

mee

ts t

he

des

ign

spec

ific

atio

n

2.1

M

ake

effe

ctiv

e use

of

bas

ic p

rogra

mm

ing lan

guag

e fe

ature

s and p

rogra

mm

ing c

once

pts

to im

ple

men

t a

pro

gra

m t

hat

satisf

ies

the

des

ign s

pec

ific

ation

2.2

M

ake

effe

ctiv

e use

of

the

feat

ure

s of

the

pro

gra

mm

ing e

nvi

ronm

ent

2.3

M

ake

effe

ctiv

e use

of

use

r in

terf

ace

com

ponen

ts in

the

imple

men

tation o

f th

e pro

gra

m

2.4

M

ake

effe

ctiv

e use

of

a ra

nge

of deb

uggin

g t

ools

3

Dev

elop p

roce

dura

l pro

gra

ms

that

ref

lect

es

tablis

hed

pro

gra

mm

ing

and s

oft

ware

engin

eering

pra

ctic

e

3.1

Apply

sta

ndar

d n

am

ing,

layo

ut

and c

om

men

t co

nve

ntions

3.2

Apply

appro

priat

e data

val

idat

ion a

nd e

rror-

han

dlin

g t

echniq

ues

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

157

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

4

Dev

elop t

est

stra

tegie

s an

d a

pply

thes

e to

pro

cedura

l pro

gra

ms

4.1

D

evel

op a

nd a

pply

a t

est

stra

tegy

consi

sten

t w

ith

the

des

ign iden

tify

ing a

ppro

priat

e te

st d

ata

4.2

Apply

reg

ress

ion t

esting c

onsi

sten

t w

ith t

he

test

st

rate

gy

4.3

U

se a

ppro

priat

e to

ols

to e

stim

ate

the

per

form

ance

of th

e pro

gra

m

5

Dev

elop d

esig

n

docu

men

tation f

or

use

in

pro

gra

m m

ainte

nan

ce a

nd

end-u

ser

docu

men

tation

5.1

Rec

ord

the

final st

ate

of

the

pro

gra

m in a

form

su

itab

le f

or

subse

quen

t m

ainte

nan

ce

5.2

Pro

vide

end-u

ser

docu

men

tation t

hat

mee

ts t

he

use

r’s

nee

ds

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

158


159

Unit title: Creating an Object-Oriented Computer Program

Unit code: 212


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 7


Unit summary

This unit introduces the fundamental concepts of object-oriented computer languages and their use to implement, refine and test a computer program.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

160

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Imple

men

t so

ftw

are

usi

ng

obje

ct-o

rien

ted

pro

gra

mm

ing

1.1

Sel

ect,

dec

lare

and initia

lise

vari

able

and d

ata

stru

cture

typ

es a

nd s

izes

to m

eet

giv

en

requirem

ents

1.2

D

efin

e re

lationsh

ips

bet

wee

n o

bje

cts

1.3

Im

ple

men

t obje

ct b

ehav

iours

usi

ng c

ontr

ol

stru

cture

s

1.4

D

ecla

re f

ile s

truct

ure

s

1.5

U

se s

tandard

input/

outp

ut

com

man

ds

1.6

U

se o

per

ato

rs a

nd p

redef

ined

funct

ions

1.7

M

ake

effe

ctiv

e use

of

an I

nte

gra

ted D

evel

opm

ent

Envi

ronm

ent

(ID

E)

2

Ref

ine

an o

bje

ct-o

rien

ted

pro

gra

m t

o im

pro

ve

qual

ity

2.1

Fo

llow

an a

gre

ed s

tandar

d f

or

nam

ing,

com

men

ts

and c

ode

layo

ut

2.2

Im

ple

men

t dat

a v

alid

atio

n f

or

inputs

2.3

Im

ple

men

t opport

unitie

s er

ror-

han

dlin

g a

nd

report

ing

2.4

Cre

ate

on-s

cree

n h

elp t

o a

ssis

t th

e use

rs o

f a

com

pute

r pro

gra

m

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

161

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

3

Tes

t th

e oper

atio

n o

f an

obje

ct-o

rien

ted d

rive

n

pro

gra

m

3.1

U

se o

f th

e deb

uggin

g faci

litie

s ava

ilable

in t

he

IDE

3.2

D

eter

min

e ex

pec

ted t

est

resu

lts

from

giv

en t

est

dat

a

3.3

Com

par

e act

ual

res

ults

agai

nst

exp

ecte

d r

esults

to

iden

tify

dis

crep

anci

es

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

162


163

Unit title: Creating an Object-Oriented Computer Program

Unit code: 312


QCF level: 3

Credit value: 12


Unit summary

This unit covers more advanced concepts of object-oriented computer languages and their use to implement, refine and test computer programs.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

164

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Imple

men

t a

soft

war

e des

ign u

sing o

bje

ct-

orien

ted p

rogra

mm

ing

1.1

Id

entify

the

obje

cts

and d

ata a

nd file

str

uct

ure

s re

quired

to im

ple

men

t a

giv

en d

esig

n

1.2

Sel

ect,

dec

lare

and initia

lise

vari

able

and d

ata

stru

cture

typ

es a

nd s

izes

to im

ple

men

t des

ign

requirem

ents

1.3

D

efin

e re

lationsh

ips

bet

wee

n o

bje

cts

to im

ple

men

t des

ign r

equirem

ents

1.4

Im

ple

men

t m

essa

ge

pas

sing b

etw

een o

bje

cts

to

imple

men

t des

ign r

equirem

ents

1.5

Im

ple

men

t obje

ct b

ehav

iours

usi

ng c

ontr

ol

stru

cture

s to

mee

t th

e des

ign a

lgorith

ms

1.6

Sel

ect

and d

ecla

re file

str

uct

ure

s to

mee

t des

ign file

st

ora

ge

requirem

ents

1.7

Sel

ect

and u

se s

tandar

d input/

outp

ut

com

man

ds

to

imple

men

t des

ign r

equirem

ents

1.8

M

ake

effe

ctiv

e use

of

oper

ato

rs a

nd p

redef

ined

fu

nct

ions

1.9

M

ake

effe

ctiv

e use

of

an I

nte

gra

ted D

evel

opm

ent

Envi

ronm

ent

(ID

E)

incl

udin

g c

ode

and s

cree

n

tem

pla

tes

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

165

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2

Ref

ine

an o

bje

ct-o

rien

ted

pro

gra

m t

o im

pro

ve

qual

ity

2.1

U

se a

n a

gre

ed s

tandard

for

nam

ing,

com

men

ts a

nd

code

layo

ut

2.2

M

ake

effe

ctiv

e use

of

enca

psu

lation,

poly

morp

his

m

and inher

itan

ce

2.3

Im

ple

men

t dat

a v

alid

atio

n f

or

inputs

2.4

Id

entify

and im

ple

men

t opport

unitie

s fo

r er

ror-

han

dlin

g a

nd r

eport

ing

3

Tes

t th

e oper

atio

n o

f an

obje

ct-o

rien

ted d

rive

n

pro

gra

m

3.1

M

ake

effe

ctiv

e use

of

the

deb

uggin

g f

acili

ties

av

aila

ble

in t

he

IDE

3.2

Pr

epare

a t

est

stra

tegy

3.3

Sel

ect

suitab

le t

est

dat

a an

d d

eter

min

e ex

pec

ted

test

res

ults

3.4

Rec

ord

act

ual

tes

t re

sults

to e

nab

le c

om

par

ison

with e

xpec

ted r

esults

3.5

Anal

yse

actu

al t

est

resu

lts

again

st e

xpec

ted r

esults

to iden

tify

dis

crep

anci

es

3.6

In

vest

igat

e te

st d

iscr

epan

cies

to iden

tify

and r

ectify

th

eir

cause

s

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

166

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

4

Docu

men

t an

obje

ct-

orien

ted d

rive

n p

rogra

m

4.1

Cre

ate

on-s

cree

n h

elp t

o a

ssis

t th

e use

rs o

f a

com

pute

r pro

gra

m

4.2

Cre

ate

docu

men

tation for

the

support

and

mai

nte

nan

ce o

f a c

om

pute

r pro

gra

m

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


167

Unit title: Designing and Developing Object-Oriented Computer Programs

Unit code: 412


QCF level: 4

Credit value: 15


Unit summary

To provide the learner with the skills and competencies to carry out the development of an object-oriented computer program from design to testing in a professional capacity and to understand a range of issues concerned with software development activities.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

168

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Des

ign o

bje

ct-o

rien

ted

pro

gra

ms

to a

ddre

ss

loose

ly-d

efin

ed p

roble

ms

1.1

Id

entify

a s

et o

f cl

ass

es a

nd t

hei

r in

terr

elat

ionsh

ips

to a

ddre

ss t

he

pro

ble

m

1.2

M

ake

effe

ctiv

e use

of

enca

psu

lation,

inher

itan

ce

and p

oly

morp

his

m

1.3

Sel

ect

and r

euse

pre

-exi

stin

g o

bje

cts

and t

empla

tes

spec

ialis

ing a

s re

quired

1.4

Str

uct

ure

the

des

ign s

o th

at o

bje

cts

com

munic

ate

effici

ently

1.5

Spec

ify

the

pro

per

ties

and b

ehavi

our

of

clas

ses

to

allo

w e

ffic

ient

imple

men

tation,

sele

ctin

g

appro

priat

e dat

a t

ypes

, dat

a and file

str

uct

ure

s an

d

algorith

ms

1.6

Rec

ord

the

des

ign u

sing w

ell es

tablis

hed

nota

tions

2

Produce

a w

ork

ing o

bje

ct-

orien

ted p

rogra

m w

hic

h

mee

ts t

he

des

ign

spec

ific

atio

n

2.1

M

ake

effe

ctiv

e use

of

bas

ic p

rogra

mm

ing lan

guag

e fe

ature

s and p

rogra

mm

ing c

once

pts

to im

ple

men

t a

pro

gra

m t

hat

satisf

ies

the

des

ign s

pec

ific

ation

2.2

M

ake

effe

ctiv

e use

of

the

feat

ure

s of

the

pro

gra

mm

ing e

nvi

ronm

ent

2.3

M

ake

effe

ctiv

e use

of

use

r in

terf

ace

com

ponen

ts in

the

imple

men

tation o

f th

e pro

gra

m

2.4

M

ake

effe

ctiv

e use

of

a ra

nge

of deb

uggin

g t

ools

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

169

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

3

Dev

elop o

bje

ct-o

rien

ted

pro

gra

ms

that

ref

lect

es

tablis

hed

pro

gra

mm

ing

and s

oft

ware

engin

eering

pra

ctic

e

3.1

Apply

sta

ndar

d n

am

ing,

layo

ut

and c

om

men

t co

nve

ntions

3.2

Apply

appro

priat

e data

val

idat

ion a

nd e

rror-

han

dlin

g t

echniq

ues

4

Dev

elop t

est

stra

tegie

s an

d a

pply

thes

e to

obje

ct-

orien

ted p

rogra

ms

4.1

D

evel

op a

nd a

pply

a t

est

stra

tegy

consi

sten

t w

ith

the

des

ign iden

tify

ing a

ppro

priat

e te

st d

ata

4.2

Apply

reg

ress

ion t

esting c

onsi

sten

t w

ith t

he

test

st

rate

gy

4.3

U

se a

ppro

priat

e to

ols

to e

stim

ate

the

per

form

ance

of th

e pro

gra

m

5

Dev

elop d

esig

n

docu

men

tation f

or

use

in

pro

gra

m m

ainte

nan

ce a

nd

end-u

ser

docu

men

tation

5.1

Rec

ord

the

final st

ate

of

the

pro

gra

m in a

form

su

itab

le f

or

subse

quen

t m

ainte

nan

ce

5.2

Pro

vide

end-u

ser

docu

men

tation t

hat

mee

ts t

he

use

r’s

nee

ds

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

170


171

Unit title: Creating an Event-Driven Computer Program

Unit code: 213


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 7


Unit summary

This unit introduces the fundamental concepts of event-driven computer languages and their use to implement, refine and test a computer program.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

172

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Imple

men

t so

ftw

are

usi

ng

even

t-drive

n

pro

gra

mm

ing

1.1

D

ecla

re a

nd initia

lise

variab

le a

nd d

ata s

truct

ure

ty

pes

and s

izes

to im

ple

men

t giv

en r

equirem

ents

1.2

Ass

ign p

roper

ties

to s

cree

n c

om

ponen

ts

1.3

Ass

oci

ate

even

ts,

incl

udin

g p

aram

eter

pass

ing,

to

scre

en c

om

ponen

ts

1.4

Im

ple

men

t ev

ent

han

dlin

g u

sing c

ontr

ol st

ruct

ure

s

1.5

D

ecla

re f

ile s

truct

ure

s

1.6

U

se s

tandard

input/

outp

ut

com

man

ds

to im

ple

men

t des

ign r

equirem

ents

1.7

U

se o

f oper

ators

and p

redef

ined

funct

ions

1.8

U

se a

n I

nte

gra

ted D

evel

opm

ent

Envi

ronm

ent

(ID

E)

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

173

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2

Ref

ine

an e

vent-

drive

n

pro

gra

m t

o im

pro

ve

qual

ity

2.1

Fo

llow

an a

gre

ed s

tandar

d f

or

nam

ing,

com

men

ts

and c

ode

layo

ut

2.2

Im

ple

men

t dat

a v

alid

atio

n f

or

inputs

2.3

Im

ple

men

t er

ror-

han

dlin

g a

nd r

eport

ing

2.4

Cre

ate

docu

men

tation for

the

support

and

mai

nte

nan

ce o

f a c

om

pute

r pro

gra

m

3

Tes

t th

e oper

atio

n o

f an

ev

ent-

drive

n p

rogra

m

3.1

U

se t

he

deb

uggin

g faci

litie

s ava

ilable

in t

he

IDE

3.2

D

eter

min

e ex

pec

ted t

est

resu

lts

from

giv

en t

est

dat

a

3.3

Com

par

e act

ual

tes

t re

sults

agai

nst

exp

ecte

d

resu

lts

to iden

tify

dis

crep

anci

es

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

174


175

Unit title: Creating an Event-Driven Computer Program

Unit code: 313


QCF level: 3

Credit value: 12


Unit summary

This unit covers more advanced concepts of event-driven computer languages and their use to implement, refine and test computer programs.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

176

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Imple

men

t a

soft

war

e des

ign u

sing e

vent-

drive

n

pro

gra

mm

ing

1.1

Id

entify

the

scre

en c

om

ponen

ts a

nd d

ata a

nd f

ile

stru

cture

s re

quired

to im

ple

men

t a g

iven

des

ign

1.2

Sel

ect,

dec

lare

and initia

lise

vari

able

and d

ata

stru

cture

typ

es a

nd s

izes

to im

ple

men

t des

ign

requirem

ents

1.3

Sel

ect

and a

ssig

n p

roper

ties

to s

cree

n c

om

ponen

ts

to im

ple

men

t des

ign r

equirem

ents

1.4

Sel

ect

and a

ssoci

ate

even

ts (

incl

udin

g p

aram

eter

pas

sing)

to s

cree

n c

om

ponen

ts t

o im

ple

men

t des

ign r

equirem

ents

1.5

Im

ple

men

t ev

ent

han

dlin

g u

sing c

ontr

ol st

ruct

ure

s to

mee

t th

e des

ign a

lgorith

ms

1.6

Sel

ect

and d

ecla

re file

str

uct

ure

s to

mee

t des

ign file

st

ora

ge

requirem

ents

1.7

Sel

ect

and u

se s

tandar

d input/

outp

ut

com

man

ds

to

imple

men

t des

ign r

equirem

ents

1.8

M

ake

effe

ctiv

e use

of

oper

ato

rs a

nd p

redef

ined

fu

nct

ions

1.9

M

ake

effe

ctiv

e use

of

an I

nte

gra

ted D

evel

opm

ent

Envi

ronm

ent

(ID

E)

incl

udin

g c

ode

and s

cree

n

tem

pla

tes

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

177

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2

Ref

ine

an e

vent-

drive

n

pro

gra

m t

o im

pro

ve

qual

ity

2.1

U

se a

n a

gre

ed s

tandard

for

nam

ing,

com

men

ts a

nd

code

layo

ut

2.2

D

efin

e use

r fu

nct

ions

to r

epla

ce r

epea

ting c

ode

sequen

ces

2.3

Im

ple

men

t dat

a v

alid

atio

n f

or

inputs

2.4

Id

entify

and im

ple

men

t opport

unitie

s fo

r er

ror-

han

dlin

g a

nd r

eport

ing

3

Tes

t th

e oper

atio

n o

f an

ev

ent-

drive

n p

rogra

m

3.1

M

ake

effe

ctiv

e use

of

the

deb

uggin

g f

acili

ties

av

aila

ble

in t

he

IDE

3.2

Pr

epare

a t

est

stra

tegy

3.3

Sel

ect

suitab

le t

est

dat

a an

d d

eter

min

e ex

pec

ted

test

res

ults

3.4

Rec

ord

act

ual

tes

t re

sults

to e

nab

le c

om

par

ison

with e

xpec

ted r

esults

3.5

Anal

yse

actu

al t

est

resu

lts

again

st e

xpec

ted r

esults

to iden

tify

dis

crep

anci

es

3.6

In

vest

igat

e te

st d

iscr

epan

cies

to iden

tify

and r

ectify

th

eir

cause

s

4

Docu

men

t an

eve

nt-

drive

n

pro

gra

m

4.1

Cre

ate

on-s

cree

n h

elp t

o a

ssis

t th

e use

rs o

f a

com

pute

r pro

gra

m

4.2

Cre

ate

docu

men

tation for

the

support

and

mai

nte

nan

ce o

f a c

om

pute

r pro

gra

m

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

178

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


179

Unit title: Designing and Developing Event-Driven Computer Programs

Unit code: 413

Unit reference number: J/601/3300

QCF level: 4

Credit value: 10


Unit summary

To provide the learner with the skills and competencies to carry out the development of an event-driven computer program from design to testing in a professional capacity, and to understand a range of issues concerned with software development activities



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

180

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Des

ign e

vent-

drive

n

pro

gra

ms

to a

ddre

ss

loose

ly-d

efin

ed p

roble

ms

1.1

Id

entify

and s

truct

ure

the

com

ponen

ts a

nd d

ata

required

to a

ddre

ss p

roble

ms

1.2

Sel

ect

and u

se p

re-d

efin

ed c

om

ponen

ts,

spec

ialis

ing a

s re

quired

1.3

Id

entify

the

set

of ev

ents

that

invo

ke b

ehav

iour

of

com

ponen

ts a

nd o

ther

pro

gra

mm

e el

emen

ts

1.4

Spec

ify

the

beh

avi

our

of co

mponen

ts a

nd o

ther

pro

gra

m e

lem

ents

to a

llow

eff

icie

nt

imple

men

tation,

sele

ctin

g a

ppro

priat

e data

typ

es,

dat

a an

d file

str

uct

ure

s an

d a

lgori

thm

s

1.5

Rec

ord

the

des

ign u

sing w

ell-

esta

blis

hed

nota

tions

2

Produce

a w

ork

ing e

vent-

drive

n p

rogra

m w

hic

h

mee

ts t

he

des

ign

spec

ific

atio

n

2.1

M

ake

effe

ctiv

e use

of

bas

ic p

rogra

mm

ing lan

guag

e fe

ature

s and p

rogra

mm

ing c

once

pts

to im

ple

men

t a

pro

gra

m t

hat

satisf

ies

the

des

ign s

pec

ific

ation

2.2

M

ake

effe

ctiv

e use

of

the

feat

ure

s of

the

pro

gra

mm

ing e

nvi

ronm

ent

2.3

M

ake

effe

ctiv

e use

of

use

r in

terf

ace

com

ponen

ts in

the

imple

men

tation o

f th

e pro

gra

m

2.4

M

ake

effe

ctiv

e use

of

a ra

nge

of deb

uggin

g t

ools

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

181

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

3

Dev

elop e

vent-

drive

n

pro

gra

ms

that

ref

lect

es

tablis

hed

pro

gra

mm

ing

and s

oft

ware

engin

eering

pra

ctic

e

3.1

Apply

sta

ndar

d n

am

ing,

layo

ut

and c

om

men

t co

nve

ntions

3.2

Apply

appro

priat

e data

val

idat

ion a

nd e

rror-

han

dlin

g t

echniq

ues

4

Dev

elop t

est

stra

tegie

s and a

pply

thes

e to

eve

nt-

drive

n p

rogra

ms

4.1

D

evel

op a

nd a

pply

a t

est

stra

tegy

consi

sten

t w

ith

the

des

ign iden

tify

ing a

ppro

priat

e te

st d

ata

4.2

Apply

reg

ress

ion t

esting c

onsi

sten

t w

ith t

he

test

st

rate

gy

4.3

U

se a

ppro

priat

e to

ols

to e

stim

ate

the

per

form

ance

of th

e pro

gra

m

5

Dev

elop d

esig

n

docu

men

tation f

or

use

in

pro

gra

m m

ainte

nan

ce a

nd

end-u

ser

docu

men

tation

5.1

Rec

ord

the

final st

ate

of

the

pro

gra

m in a

form

su

itab

le f

or

subse

quen

t m

ainte

nan

ce

5.2

Pro

vide

end-u

ser

docu

men

tation t

hat

mee

ts t

he

use

r's

nee

ds

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

182


183

Unit title: Customer Apparatus and Line Installation

Unit code: 314


QCF level: 3

Credit value: 22


Unit summary

This unit provides the underpinning knowledge and skills required for a Customer Service Engineer to complete the main technical tasks involved in delivering the last mile of the telecoms network to the customer premises.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

184

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Run c

able

s in

to t

he

end-

use

r pre

mis

es a

nd f

it m

ain

and e

xten

sion t

elep

hone

sock

ets

1.1

Cite

the

import

ance

for

super

b c

ust

om

er s

ervi

ce

1.2

Rec

ognis

e th

e ke

y el

emen

ts o

f th

e lo

cal ac

cess

net

work

1.3

D

rill

hole

s to

ISIS

sta

ndar

d

1.4

In

stal

l ex

tern

al a

nd inte

rnal

cablin

g in a

cust

om

ers

pre

mis

es

1.5

W

ire

PST/N

TE s

ock

ets

1.6

Sta

te t

he

diffe

rent

stan

dar

d lin

e co

nditio

ns

found in

the

net

work

1.7

U

se t

he

HAW

K t

este

r to

iden

tify

lin

e co

nditio

ns

and

faults

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

185

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2

Run d

ropw

ires

in t

he

BT

ove

rhea

d n

etw

ork

2.1

Id

entify

and u

se t

he

curr

ent

tools

and e

quip

men

t re

quired

to p

rovi

de,

ret

ensi

on,

reco

ver

and r

enew

dro

pw

ire

from

cust

om

ers

pre

mis

es t

o w

ooden

and

hollo

w p

ole

s

2.2

Pro

vide,

ret

ensi

on,

renew

and r

ecove

r a s

ingle

span

of dro

pw

ire

from

a h

ollo

w p

ole

to s

imula

ted

cust

om

er p

rem

ises

, w

hic

h incl

udes

a r

oad

cro

ssin

g

2.3

Apply

the

qual

ity

standar

ds

rela

ting t

o w

ork

ing w

ith

dro

pw

ires

, cu

stom

er lea

d-i

n,

blo

ck t

erm

inal

s an

d

cust

om

er f

ixin

gs

when

car

ryin

g o

ut

dro

pw

ire

pro

visi

on,

renew

al a

nd r

ecove

ry

2.4

Sta

te t

he

curr

ent

types

of

cust

om

ers

dro

pw

ire

fixi

ng

2.5

Pr

ovi

de

a cu

stom

er d

ropw

ire

fixi

ng u

sing a

n E

yebolt

Exp

andin

g 1

A

2.6

Pr

ovi

de

a cu

stom

ers

lead

-in,

up t

o b

ut

not

incl

udin

g

the

poin

t of en

try

into

the

cust

om

ers

pre

mis

es

2.7

U

se s

lide

rule

fix

ing h

eight

- 1A,

1B a

nd 1

C:

–

pro

vide,

ret

ensi

on a

nd r

ecove

r a

single

span

of

dro

pw

ire

from

a w

ooden

pole

to a

sim

ula

ted

cust

om

er p

rem

ises

.

2.8

Id

entify

the

types

of

low

voltage

and h

igh v

oltag

e ove

rhea

d p

ow

er lin

es s

how

n in t

he

BT h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty h

andbook

2.9

Sta

te t

he

rest

rict

ions

of usi

ng d

ropw

ire

nea

r pow

er

lines

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

186

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.1

0

Sta

te t

he

min

imum

sep

aration d

ista

nce

s bet

wee

n

dro

pw

ires

and p

ow

er lin

es

2.1

1

Sta

te t

he

corr

ect

equip

men

t fo

r m

easu

ring t

he

hei

ght

of pow

er lin

es

2.1

2

Sta

te w

her

e lig

htn

ing p

rote

ctio

n is

fitt

ed:

–

pro

vide,

ren

ew a

nd r

ecove

r a s

ingle

span

of

dro

pw

ire

from

a w

ooden

pole

to a

sim

ula

ted

cust

om

er p

rem

ises

whic

h incl

udes

a r

oad

cr

oss

ing.

2.1

3

Provi

de

and r

ecove

r a

single

span

of

dro

pw

ire,

fro

m

a si

mula

ted c

ust

om

ers

pre

mis

es t

o w

ooden

pole

A;

the

dro

pw

ire

span

bet

wee

n p

ole

A a

nd t

he

cust

om

er c

ross

es o

ver

low

voltage

pow

er.

2.1

4

Car

ry o

ut

the

corr

ect

wirin

g a

nd t

erm

inat

ing

pra

ctic

es f

or

cable

dro

pw

ire

at b

ox

connec

tions

18A/1

9A,

blo

ck t

erm

inal

s 76/8

6 S

erie

s, b

lock

te

rmin

al 71A,

blo

ck t

erm

inal

s 41/4

1A,

box

connec

tion 1

6A,

blo

ck t

erm

inal 66B a

nd N

TE 5

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

187

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

3

Cro

ss c

onnec

t ci

rcuits

in

prim

ary

and s

econdar

y cr

oss

connec

tion p

oin

ts

3.1

Sta

te t

he

purp

ose

of

Prim

ary

and S

econdar

y C

ross

Connec

tion P

oin

ts (

PCPs

and S

CPs

)

3.2

Li

st t

he

term

inat

ion s

yste

ms

use

d in P

CP'

s an

d

SCP'

s

3.3

Sta

te t

he

qual

ity

standar

ds

required

when

pro

vide

jum

per

s on t

he

follo

win

g t

erm

inat

ion s

yste

ms:

–

P100/P

C100

–

SCC N

o 1

–

SCC N

o 2

–

BIX

MCC

S

–

3M

MS2 M

CCS

–

Kro

ne

MCC

S

–

Quan

te M

CCS.

3.4

Cro

ss c

onnec

t ci

rcuits

on a

nd b

etw

een K

rone

and

Quan

te M

CCS

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

188

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

4

Work

safe

ly o

n w

ooden

pole

s, s

teps

and lad

der

s 4.1

Sel

ect

and c

arry

a t

hre

e se

ctio

n a

lum

iniu

m lad

der

4.2

U

nder

take

a p

re-u

se c

hec

k on a

thre

e se

ctio

n

alum

iniu

m lad

der

4.3

Saf

ely

load

, se

cure

and r

emove

a ladder

ext

ensi

on

4B o

r 5A fro

m a

BT v

ehic

le u

sing b

oth

the

Ladder

Rem

ova

l Tool (L

RT)

and t

he

manual

met

hod

4.4

Ere

ct a

thre

e se

ctio

n a

lum

iniu

m lad

der

agai

nst

a

solid

str

uct

ure

and s

ecure

them

usi

ng a

variet

y of

ladder

sta

bili

ty d

evic

es

4.5

Saf

ely

rais

e an

d u

se a

drill

at

the

work

ing p

osi

tion

on t

he

ladder

4.6

U

nder

take

a p

re-u

se c

hec

k on s

teps

fold

ing

4.7

U

se s

teps

fold

ing s

afe

ly

4.8

Ere

ct,

tie,

clim

b,

des

cend a

nd t

hen

low

er a

thre

e se

ctio

n a

lum

iniu

m ladder

agai

nst

a w

ooden

pole

4.9

Chec

k, insp

ect

and f

it a

Saf

ety

Bel

t N

o11 r

eady

for

use

4.1

0

Corr

ectly

adju

st a

Saf

ety

Bel

t N

o11

4.1

1

Corr

ectly

carr

y out

a gen

eral

pole

tes

t on t

he

pole

to

be

clim

bed

4.1

2

Saf

ely

clim

b,

bel

t onto

and t

urn

on a

pole

of at

leas

t 9m

len

gth

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

189

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

5.

Car

ry o

ut

man

ual

han

dlin

g

usi

ng t

he

kinet

ic m

ethod

5.1

D

emonst

rate

under

stan

din

g o

f th

e princi

ple

s of:

–

bas

e m

ove

men

t

–

legis

lation

–

com

ponen

ts o

f th

e sp

ine

–

cause

s of

bac

k pai

n

–

safe

r m

anual

han

dlin

g

–

met

hod o

f hold

ing

–

man

ual

han

dlin

g a

nd r

isk

asse

ssm

ents

.

5.2

Car

ry o

ut

pra

ctic

al dem

onst

rations

usi

ng t

echniq

ues

re

com

men

ded

by

RO

SPA

5.3

Car

ry o

ut

pra

ctic

al ex

erci

ses

to p

ract

ise

skill

s in

a

safe

envi

ronm

ent

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

190


191

Unit title: Quality Management of ICT Products and Services

Unit code: 315


QCF level: 3

Credit value: 12


Unit summary

To develop an understanding of quality management procedures and the ability to implement them, monitoring work performance and product quality, and collecting and processing quality related information.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

192

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Under

stan

d s

pec

ifie

d

org

anis

atio

nal

qualit

y m

anag

emen

t pro

cedure

s

1.1

Exp

lain

spec

ifie

d p

arts

of

org

anis

atio

nal

qual

ity

man

agem

ent

pro

cedure

s in

cludin

g:

–

cust

om

er a

gre

emen

ts

–

activi

ty p

lannin

g

–

third-p

arty

monitoring

–

chan

ge

contr

ol

–

work

-in-p

rogre

ss

–

test

ing

–

def

ects

and d

efec

tive

com

ponen

ts

–

audit a

nd insp

ection

–

cust

om

er fee

dbac

k

–

com

munic

atio

n.

2

Monitor

qual

ity

man

agem

ent

pro

cedure

s 2.1

M

onitor

com

plia

nce

with r

elev

ant

par

ts o

f pro

cedure

s by:

–

par

tici

pat

ing in a

udits

of w

ork

ing p

ract

ices

and

insp

ections

of w

ork

–

gat

her

ing a

nd r

ecord

ing info

rmat

ion o

n q

ual

ity

–

initia

ting s

uitab

le a

ctio

ns

to d

eal w

ith iden

tified

fa

ilure

s in

qual

ity.

2.2

Pr

ovi

de

guid

ance

to im

med

iate

colle

agues

on

qual

ity

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

193

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

194


195

Unit title: Remote Support for Products or Services

Unit code: 116


QCF level: 1

Credit value: 6


Unit summary

To develop knowledge, understanding and skills to provide basic remote support for products and services in an IT context



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

196

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Know

the

spec

ifie

d p

arts

of

cust

om

er c

are

re

quirem

ents

and d

etai

ls

of th

e su

pport

ed p

roduct

s an

d s

ervi

ces

that

apply

to

them

1.1

D

escr

ibe

spec

ifie

d d

etai

ls o

f pro

duct

s or

serv

ices

to

be

support

ed:

–

how

to iden

tify

the

pro

duct

s or

serv

ices

–

bas

ic f

eatu

res

and u

ses

of

the

pro

duct

s or

serv

ices

–

standard

res

ponse

s to

fre

quen

tly

ask

ed

reques

ts.

1.2

D

escr

ibe

spec

ifie

d p

art

s of org

anis

atio

nal

re

quirem

ents

for

cust

om

er c

are

:

–

cust

om

er s

ervi

ce p

roce

dure

s (e

g h

ow

to log

cust

om

er info

rmation,

how

to initia

te s

ervi

ce

calls

, how

to c

om

ple

te a

sal

e)

–

auth

orisa

tion p

roce

dure

s (e

g h

ow

to c

onfirm

ca

ller

iden

tity

, how

to v

alid

ate

reques

ts)

–

esca

lation,

reso

lution a

nd c

om

pla

int

han

dlin

g

–

qual

ity

ass

ura

nce

pro

cedure

s

–

com

plia

nce

with r

elev

ant

legis

lation a

nd

regula

tions

(eg d

ata p

rote

ctio

n,

finan

cial

serv

ices

)

–

mai

nte

nan

ce a

nd c

om

munic

atio

n o

f org

anis

atio

nal

bra

nd o

r im

age

–

org

anis

atio

nal

aim

s and o

bje

ctiv

es.

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

197

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2

Provi

de

routine

support

on

spec

ifie

d p

roduct

s or

serv

ices

2.1

Com

ply

with o

rgan

isat

ional

req

uirem

ents

2.2

Confirm

cust

om

er iden

tity

and v

alid

ate

req

ues

ts

usi

ng s

pec

ifie

d m

ethods

and s

ourc

es (

eg p

ost

code,

co

ntr

act

list,

use

rnam

e)

2.3

Esc

alate

inva

lid r

eques

ts

2.4

Com

munic

ate

info

rmat

ion o

n s

pec

ifie

d p

roduct

s or

serv

ices

to t

he

cust

om

er in a

posi

tive

and

pro

fess

ional

way

, usi

ng t

echniq

ues

such

as:

–

iden

tify

ing c

ust

om

ers’

nee

ds

–

accu

rate

ly c

olle

ctin

g a

nd loggin

g r

elev

ant

info

rmat

ion fro

m t

he

cust

om

er

–

pro

vidin

g p

roduct

and s

ervi

ce fea

ture

s to

cu

stom

ers

–

ensu

ring c

ust

om

er u

nder

stan

din

g o

f th

e in

form

atio

n p

rovi

ded

.

2.5

Res

olv

e an

d e

scal

ate

req

ues

ts

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

198


199


Unit code: 216


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 9


Unit summary

To develop knowledge, understanding and skills to provide remote support on a specified range of products and services in an IT context.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

200

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Know

rel

evan

t par

ts o

f cu

stom

er c

are

requirem

ents

and d

etai

ls

of th

e su

pport

ed p

roduct

s an

d s

ervi

ces

1.1

D

escr

ibe

the

spec

ifie

d p

roduct

s or

serv

ices

to b

e su

pport

ed:

–

ben

efits

of th

e pro

duct

s an

d s

ervi

ces;

–

freq

uen

tly

use

d p

roduct

or

serv

ice

options

–

stan

dar

d f

eatu

res

and c

om

mon u

ses

of

the

pro

duct

s or

serv

ices

.

1.2

D

escr

ibe

rele

vant

part

s of org

anis

atio

nal

re

quirem

ents

for

cust

om

er c

are

, su

ch a

s:

–

cust

om

er s

ervi

ce p

roce

dure

s (e

g h

ow

to log

cust

om

er info

rmation,

how

to initia

te s

ervi

ce

calls

, how

to c

om

ple

te a

sal

e)

–

auth

orisa

tion p

roce

dure

s (e

g h

ow

to c

onfirm

ca

ller

iden

tity

, how

to v

alid

ate

reques

ts)

–

esca

lation,

reso

lution a

nd c

om

pla

int

han

dlin

g

–

qual

ity

ass

ura

nce

pro

cedure

s

–

com

plia

nce

with r

elev

ant

legis

lation a

nd

regula

tions

(eg d

ata p

rote

ctio

n,

finan

cial

serv

ices

)

–

mai

nte

nan

ce a

nd c

om

munic

atio

n o

f org

anis

atio

nal

bra

nd o

r im

age

–

org

anis

atio

nal

aim

s and o

bje

ctiv

es.

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

201

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2

Provi

de

support

on

spec

ifie

d p

roduct

s or

serv

ices

2.1

Com

ply

with o

rgan

isat

ional

req

uirem

ents

2.2

Confirm

cust

om

er iden

tity

, va

lidat

e re

ques

ts a

nd

info

rm c

ust

om

ers

when

auth

orisa

tion c

rite

ria

are

not

met

2.3

Com

munic

ate

info

rmat

ion o

n s

pec

ifie

d p

roduct

s or

serv

ices

:

–

iden

tify

ing c

ust

om

ers

nee

ds

–

accu

rate

ly c

olle

ctin

g a

nd loggin

g r

elev

ant

info

rmat

ion fro

m t

he

cust

om

er

–

pro

vidin

g p

roduct

and s

ervi

ce fea

ture

s to

cu

stom

ers

–

ensu

ring c

ust

om

er u

nder

stan

din

g o

f th

e in

form

atio

n p

rovi

ded

–

cate

gori

sing r

eques

ts a

nd d

irec

ting c

ust

om

ers

appro

priat

ely

–

man

agin

g c

ust

om

er e

xpec

tations

(eg b

y co

nfirm

ing o

utc

om

es,

tim

esca

les

or

cost

s).

2.4

M

ake

reco

mm

endat

ions

bas

ed o

n c

ust

om

er n

eeds

2.5

Res

olv

e an

d e

scal

ate

req

ues

ts a

nd h

andle

bas

ic

com

pla

ints

:

–

usi

ng p

robin

g q

ues

tions

–

dis

pla

ying p

atie

nce

and u

nder

stan

din

g w

ith

dem

andin

g o

r em

otional

cust

om

ers.

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

202

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


203


Unit code: 316

Unit reference number: D/500/7217

QCF level: 3

Credit value: 12


Unit summary

To develop the knowledge, understanding and skills to support ICT products and services.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

204

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Under

stan

d t

he

org

anis

atio

nal

re

quirem

ents

for

cust

om

er

care

and t

he

support

ed

pro

duct

s and s

ervi

ces

1.1

D

escr

ibe

the

pro

duct

s an

d s

ervi

ces

to b

e su

pport

ed

incl

udin

g:

–

ben

efits

of th

e pro

duct

s an

d s

ervi

ces

–

freq

uen

tly

use

d p

roduct

or

serv

ice

options

–

adva

nce

d f

eatu

res,

ben

efits

and o

ptions

of

pro

duct

s and s

ervi

ces

–

how

to iden

tify

alter

nat

ive

pro

duct

s or

serv

ices

to

mee

t cu

stom

ers

nee

ds

–

how

the

pro

duct

s or

serv

ices

inte

ract

with o

ther

s co

mm

only

ava

ilable

–

wher

e to

obta

in info

rmat

ion o

n infr

equen

tly

use

d

pro

duct

or

serv

ice

featu

res

or

options

–

the

impac

t of in

troduci

ng n

ew p

roduct

s an

d

serv

ices

.

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

205

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1.2

D

escr

ibe

the

org

anis

atio

nal

req

uirem

ents

for

cust

om

er c

are

incl

udin

g:

–

cust

om

er s

ervi

ce p

roce

dure

s (e

g h

ow

to log

cust

om

er info

rmation,

how

to initia

te s

ervi

ce

calls

, how

to c

om

ple

te a

sal

e)

–

auth

orisa

tion p

roce

dure

s (e

g h

ow

to c

onfirm

ca

ller

iden

tity

, how

to v

alid

ate

reques

ts)

–

esca

lation,

reso

lution a

nd c

om

pla

int

han

dlin

g

–

qual

ity

ass

ura

nce

pro

cedure

s

–

com

plia

nce

with r

elev

ant

legis

lation a

nd

regula

tions

(eg d

ata p

rote

ctio

n,

finan

cial

serv

ices

)

–

mai

nte

nan

ce a

nd c

om

munic

atio

n o

f org

anis

atio

nal

bra

nd o

r im

age

–

org

anis

atio

nal

aim

s and o

bje

ctiv

es.

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

206

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2

Support

pro

duct

s or

serv

ices

. 2.1

Com

ply

with o

rgan

isat

ional

req

uirem

ents

2.2

Confirm

cust

om

er iden

tity

, va

lidat

e re

ques

ts a

nd

info

rm c

ust

om

ers

when

auth

orisa

tion c

rite

ria

are

not

met

2.3

Com

munic

ate

info

rmat

ion o

n s

pec

ifie

d p

roduct

s or

serv

ices

:

–

iden

tify

ing c

ust

om

ers

nee

ds

–

accu

rate

ly c

olle

ctin

g a

nd loggin

g r

elev

ant

info

rmat

ion fro

m t

he

cust

om

er

–

pro

vidin

g p

roduct

and s

ervi

ce fea

ture

s to

cu

stom

ers

–

ensu

ring c

ust

om

er u

nder

stan

din

g o

f th

e in

form

atio

n p

rovi

ded

–

cate

gori

sing r

eques

ts a

nd d

irec

ting c

ust

om

ers

appro

priat

ely

–

man

agin

g c

ust

om

er e

xpec

tations

(eg b

y co

nfirm

ing o

utc

om

es,

tim

esca

les

or

cost

s)

–

dis

cuss

ing a

dva

nta

ges

and d

isadva

nta

ges

of

com

ple

x pro

duct

s an

d s

ervi

ces

–

dis

cuss

ing h

ow

the

serv

ice

pro

duct

bes

t fits

the

cust

om

ers

nee

ds

–

keep

ing c

ust

om

er info

rmed

on p

rogre

ss

–

aski

ng e

ffec

tive

and a

ppro

priat

e pro

bin

g

ques

tions.

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

207

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.4

M

ake

reco

mm

endat

ions

bas

ed o

n c

ust

om

er n

eeds

2.5

Res

olv

e an

d e

scal

ate

req

ues

ts a

nd h

andle

bas

ic

com

pla

ints

:

–

usi

ng p

robin

g q

ues

tions

–

dis

pla

ying p

atie

nce

and u

nder

stan

din

g w

ith

dem

andin

g o

r em

otional

cust

om

ers

–

diffu

sing v

ola

tile

situat

ions

usi

ng a

ppro

priat

e co

mm

unic

atio

n t

echniq

ues

–

del

iver

ing d

ifficu

lt m

essa

ges

to c

ust

om

ers

and

expla

inin

g t

he

reaso

ns

beh

ind t

he

dec

isio

n

–

asse

ssin

g p

riori

ty o

f co

mpla

ints

–

reso

lvin

g r

outine

com

pla

ints

.

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

208


209

Unit title: Remote Support for ICT Products or Services

Unit code: 416


QCF level: 4

Credit value: 15


Unit summary

To develop the knowledge, understanding and skills to maintain and implement customer remote support requirements in an IT context.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

210

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Under

stan

d t

he

role

of

rem

ote

support

in t

he

org

anis

atio

n

1.1

D

escr

ibe

curr

ent

and a

ntici

pat

ed I

CT p

roduct

s or

serv

ices

to b

e su

pport

ed

1.2

D

escr

ibe

org

anis

ational

req

uirem

ents

for

rem

ote

cu

stom

er s

upport

for

ICT p

roduct

s an

d s

ervi

ces

2

Mai

nta

in a

nd im

ple

men

t cu

stom

er s

upport

re

quirem

ents

2.1

Rev

iew

and u

pdat

e org

anis

ational

req

uirem

ents

for

cust

om

er s

upport

2.2

H

andle

com

pla

ints

fro

m h

igh r

isk

or

hig

h p

rofile

cu

stom

er iss

ues

2.3

Pro

vide

sugges

tions

to p

reve

nt

futu

re r

eocc

urr

ence

of

com

pla

ints

2.4

Ensu

re c

om

plia

nce

with o

rgan

isat

ional

req

uirem

ent

2.5

In

itia

te s

uitab

le a

ctio

ns

to d

eal w

ith d

efic

ienci

es in

cust

om

er s

upport

pro

visi

on

2.6

Sch

edule

audits

of w

ork

ing p

ract

ices

and w

ork

m

onitoring

2.7

Sugges

t im

pro

vem

ents

to t

he

qual

ity

and e

ffic

iency

of re

mote

support

oper

atio

ns

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

211

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

212


213

Unit title: Security of ICT Systems

Unit code: 117


QCF level: 1

Credit value: 3


Unit summary

To develop knowledge, understanding and skills to use specified tools and procedures to protect an IT system and its data.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

214

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Know

the

par

ticu

lar

thre

ats

to a

n I

T s

yste

m

and its

dat

a w

ith s

pec

ifie

d

met

hods

and p

roce

dure

s fo

r pro

tect

ing it

1.1

D

escr

ibe

spec

ifie

d d

ata

pro

tect

ion m

ethods,

such

as

–

mal

war

e det

ection s

oft

war

e (a

nti-v

irus,

anti

spyw

are

etc

)

–

inte

rnet

sec

urity

suites

(fire

wal

l, m

alw

are

det

ection,

anti-p

his

hin

g a

nd s

pam

filt

ers)

–

use

and p

rote

ctio

n o

f pas

sword

s or

acc

ess

codes

–

bac

kup a

nd s

tora

ge.

1.2

D

escr

ibe

spec

ifie

d m

ethods

of

pro

vidin

g p

hys

ical

se

curity

for

ICT s

yste

ms:

–

acce

ss c

ontr

ol dev

ices

(eg

lock

s, b

iom

etric

contr

ols

, C

CTV)

–

limitin

g v

isib

ility

of dat

a (e

g b

y posi

tionin

g o

f m

onitors

, usi

ng e

ncr

yption)

–

shie

ldin

g (

eg c

able

scr

eenin

g,

Fara

day

cages

).

1.3

D

escr

ibe

rele

vant

org

anis

atio

nal

sec

urity

pro

cedure

s

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

215

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1.4

D

escr

ibe

the

type

of

secu

rity

bre

aches

that

can

occ

ur

in I

T s

yste

ms,

such

as:

–

unau

thorise

d u

se o

f a

syst

em w

ithout

dam

age

to

dat

a

–

unau

thorise

d r

emova

l or

copyi

ng o

f dat

a or

code

from

a s

yste

m

–

dam

age

to o

r des

truct

ion o

f phys

ical sy

stem

as

sets

and e

nvi

ronm

ent

–

dam

age

to o

r des

truct

ion o

f dat

a or

code

insi

de

or

outs

ide

the

syst

em

–

pre

venting n

orm

al use

of a

syst

em (

eg d

enia

l of

serv

ice

atta

ck).

2

Com

ply

with r

elev

ant

secu

rity

req

uirem

ents

to

pro

tect

an I

T s

yste

m a

nd

its

dat

a

2.1

U

se s

pec

ifie

d s

ecurity

tools

to iden

tify

and p

reve

nt

bre

aches

of se

curity

:

–

inte

rnal

sys

tem

tools

(eg

pas

sword

s, a

nti-v

irus

soft

war

e, f

irew

alls

and e

ncr

yption faci

litie

s)

–

exte

rnal to

ols

(eg

acc

ess

contr

ol dev

ices

)

2.2

Com

ply

with o

rgan

isat

ional

sec

urity

pro

cedure

s.

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

216

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


217


Unit code: 317


QCF level: 3

Credit value: 12


Unit summary

To develop knowledge, understanding and skills to ensure the security of an IT system and its data using security tools and assisting in the security auditing process.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

218

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Know

the

com

mon t

ypes

of

secu

rity

thre

at t

o a

n

org

anis

atio

n,

its

IT s

yste

m

and its

dat

a, w

ith r

elev

ant

met

hods

and p

roce

dure

s fo

r pro

tect

ing it

1.1

D

escr

ibe

the

com

mon t

ypes

of

secu

rity

bre

ach t

hat

ca

n a

ffec

t th

e org

anis

atio

n,

such

as:

–

unau

thorise

d u

se o

f a

syst

em w

ithout

dam

age

to

dat

a

–

unau

thorise

d r

emova

l or

copyi

ng o

f dat

a or

code

from

a s

yste

m

–

dam

age

to o

r des

truct

ion o

f phys

ical sy

stem

as

sets

and e

nvi

ronm

ent

–

dam

age

to o

r des

truct

ion o

f dat

a or

code

insi

de

or

outs

ide

the

syst

em

–

pre

venting n

orm

al use

of a

syst

em (

eg d

enia

l of

serv

ice

atta

ck).

1.2

D

escr

ibe

spec

ifie

d d

ata

pro

tect

ion m

ethods:

–

syst

em d

ata

secu

rity

fac

ilities

–

surv

eilla

nce

and m

onitoring m

ethods

–

effe

cts

of

syst

em c

onfigura

tion o

n d

ata

pro

tect

ion.

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

219

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1.3

D

escr

ibe

spec

ifie

d m

ethods

of

pro

vidin

g p

hys

ical

se

curity

for

ICT s

yste

ms:

–

acce

ss c

ontr

ol dev

ices

(eg

lock

s, b

iom

etric

contr

ols

, C

CTV)

and t

hei

r co

nfigura

tion

–

limitin

g v

isib

ility

of dat

a (e

g b

y posi

tionin

g o

f m

onitors

, usi

ng e

ncr

yption)

–

shie

ldin

g (

eg c

able

scr

eenin

g,

Fara

day

cages

)

–

types

and a

ppro

priat

e use

s of

acc

ess

reco

rds

and a

uth

orisa

tions

–

how

to a

lloca

te a

cces

s au

thority

.

1.4

D

escr

ibe

rele

vant

org

anis

atio

nal

sec

urity

pro

cedure

s

2

Apply

sec

urity

mea

sure

s 2.1

Configure

and a

pply

spec

ifie

d s

ecurity

tools

to

iden

tify

and p

reve

nt

bre

aches

of se

curity

, su

ch a

s:

–

inte

rnal

sys

tem

tools

(eg

pas

sword

s an

d

per

mis

sions,

mal

war

e sc

annin

g,

fire

wall,

VPN

, au

then

tica

tion a

nd e

ncr

yption fac

ilities

)

–

exte

rnal to

ols

(eg

acc

ess

contr

ol dev

ices

).

3

Monitor

secu

rity

pro

cedure

s 3.1

Ass

ist

in e

nsu

ring c

om

plia

nce

with o

rgan

isat

ional

se

curity

pro

cedure

s, incl

udin

g:

–

par

tici

pat

ing in s

ecurity

audits

–

gat

her

ing a

nd r

ecord

ing info

rmat

ion o

n s

ecurity

–

initia

ting s

uitab

le a

ctio

ns

to d

eal w

ith iden

tified

bre

aches

of se

curity

.

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

220

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


221


Unit code: 417


QCF level: 4

Credit value: 15


Unit summary

To develop the knowledge, understanding and skills needed to implement and maintain IT security systems.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

222

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Under

stan

d t

he

secu

rity

th

reat

s to

an I

T s

yste

m,

thei

r oper

ational

im

pac

t an

d t

he

met

hods

ava

ilable

to

com

bat

them

1.1

D

escr

ibe

the

dat

a p

rote

ctio

n m

ethods

that

are

rele

vant

to t

he

org

anis

atio

n

1.2

D

escr

ibe

phys

ical

sec

urity

met

hods

in u

se

1.3

D

escr

ibe

org

anis

ational

sec

urity

pro

cedure

s

1.4

D

escr

ibe

types

of poss

ible

sec

urity

bre

ach

es a

nd

thei

r oper

ational

im

pac

ts.

2

Mai

nta

in a

nd im

pro

ve I

CT

secu

rity

pro

cedure

s 2.1

Rev

iew

and u

pdat

e se

curity

pro

cedure

s

2.2

Ensu

re c

om

plia

nce

with s

ecuri

ty p

roce

dure

s by

sched

ulin

g s

ecurity

audits

2.3

In

itia

te s

uitab

le a

ctio

ns

to d

eal w

ith iden

tified

bre

aches

of se

curity

2.4

In

form

colle

agues

of

thei

r se

curity

res

ponsi

bili

ties

an

d c

onfirm

thei

r under

stan

din

g a

t su

itab

le

inte

rval

s

3

Imple

men

t se

curity

pro

cedure

s 3.1

Sch

edule

and c

arr

y out

secu

rity

ris

k as

sess

men

ts

3.2

Sel

ect

appro

priate

sec

urity

tools

for

the

org

anis

atio

n o

r dep

artm

ent

to u

se

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

223

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

224


225

Unit title: Software Installation and Upgrade

Unit code: 118


QCF level: 1

Credit value: 6


Unit summary

This is the ability to install or upgrade software on any ICT system following agreed processes. It includes:

• preparation and planning

• installation or upgrade and

• configuration and handover to the customer.

The software installation/upgrade target can be any system capable of running software which can be interactively installed or upgraded. Examples include base stations, switches and hubs, control systems and mobile, desktop and server computers.

A competent person at level 1 can carry out installations or upgrades under detailed instruction.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

226

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Under

stan

d s

pec

ifie

d p

arts

of th

e in

stal

lation/u

pgra

de

pro

cess

1.1

D

escr

ibe

spec

ifie

d inst

alla

tion/u

pgra

de

pro

cedure

s to

incl

ude:

–

inst

alla

tion

–

configura

tion

–

test

ing

–

del

iver

y, s

hip

pin

g a

nd s

tora

ge

–

esca

lation.

2

Inst

all an

d u

pgra

de

soft

war

e 1.1

Fo

llow

spec

ifie

d inst

alla

tion/u

pgra

de

pro

cedure

s

1.2

U

se s

pec

ifie

d s

oft

war

e lo

adin

g f

acili

ties

1.3

Rec

ord

info

rmat

ion r

elat

ing t

o t

he:

–

soft

war

e in

stal

led/u

pgra

ded

–

licen

ces

–

regis

trat

ion

–

inst

alla

tion d

etails

–

configura

tion

–

test

ing.

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

227

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

228


229


Unit code: 218


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 9


Unit summary





The software installation/upgrade target can be any system capable of running software which can be interactively installed or upgraded. Examples include base stations, switches and hubs, control systems and mobile, desktop and server computers.

A competent person at level 2 can carry out a range of installations or upgrades under instruction.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

230

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Under

stan

d r

elev

ant

par

ts

of th

e in

stal

lation/u

pgra

de

pro

cess

1.1

D

escr

ibe

the

rele

vant

par

ts o

f th

e so

ftw

are

in

stal

lation a

nd u

pgra

de

pro

cess

incl

udin

g:

–

pro

cedure

s to

be

follo

wed

–

pro

cedure

s fo

r in

form

atio

n r

ecord

ing

–

soft

war

e st

ora

ge

loca

tions

to b

e use

d

–

spec

ific

atio

ns

of th

e so

ftw

are.

1.2

D

escr

ibe

rele

vant

soft

war

e lo

adin

g faci

litie

s

2

Inst

all/

upgra

de

soft

war

e 2.1

Fo

llow

rel

evan

t in

stalla

tion/u

pgra

de

pro

cedure

s

2.2

U

se a

ppro

priat

e so

ftw

are

load

ing faci

litie

s

2.3

Rec

ord

rel

evan

t in

form

atio

n

2.4

Com

munic

ate

the

pro

gre

ss a

nd o

utc

om

e of th

e in

stal

lation/u

pgra

de

to t

he

appro

priat

e peo

ple

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


231


Unit code: 318


QCF level: 3

Credit value: 12


Unit summary





The software installation/upgrade target can be any system capable of running software which can be interactively installed or upgraded. Examples include base stations, switches and hubs, control systems and mobile, desktop and server computers

A competent person at level 3 can plan and carry out or control a wide range of installations or upgrades.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

232

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Under

stan

d t

he

inst

alla

tion/u

pgra

de

pro

cess

1.1

D

escr

ibe

the

soft

ware

inst

alla

tion a

nd u

pgra

de

pro

cess

incl

udin

g:

–

pro

cedure

s to

be

follo

wed

–

pro

cedure

s fo

r in

form

atio

n r

ecord

ing

–

soft

war

e st

ora

ge

loca

tions

to b

e use

d

–

spec

ific

atio

ns

of th

e so

ftw

are.

1.2

D

escr

ibe

the

capab

ilities

of so

ftw

are

load

ing

faci

litie

s

2

Car

ry o

ut

or

contr

ol a

wid

e ra

nge

of in

stal

lations

or

upgra

des

.

2.1

Pr

ovi

de

guid

ance

on inst

alla

tion/u

pgra

de

pro

cedure

s to

im

med

iate

colle

agues

2.2

O

bta

in a

nd a

lloca

te r

equired

mat

eria

ls

2.3

Sel

ect

the

inst

alla

tion/u

pgra

de

pro

cedure

s to

be

follo

wed

2.4

Sel

ect

soft

war

e lo

adin

g faci

litie

s to

be

use

d

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


233

Unit title: System Management

Unit code: 219


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 6


Unit summary

This is the ability to manage ICT systems to ensure that they deliver the required functionality and capacity. A system can be any combination of equipment, hardware and software.

System management could involve changing system configuration to meet short-term fluctuations in demand (eg high numbers of calls to specific telephone numbers).

It could also involve longer-term changes such as increasing resources (eg processing or storage capacity) to meet anticipated needs and taking account of advances in technology.

A competent person at Level 2 can assist in administering a system.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

234

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Know

how

to a

ssis

t in

ad

min

iste

ring a

sys

tem

1.1

D

escr

ibe

how

to u

se s

pec

ifie

d s

yste

m c

onfigura

tion

faci

litie

s

1.2

Exp

lain

what

ICT a

sset

and c

onfigura

tion

info

rmat

ion is

to b

e re

cord

ed s

uch

as:

–

phys

ical

att

ribute

s (e

g m

anufa

cture

r, t

ype,

re

visi

on,

serial

num

ber

, lo

cation,

valu

e)

–

configura

tion (

eg p

hys

ical an

d logic

al ad

dre

sses

, options

set,

connec

tions)

.

2

Chan

ge

syst

em

configura

tions

2.1

M

ake

spec

ifie

d c

han

ges

to s

yste

m c

onfigura

tion

2.2

G

ather

and r

ecord

ICT a

sset

and c

onfigura

tion

info

rmat

ion for

spec

ifie

d ite

ms

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


235

Unit title: System Management

Unit code: 319


QCF level: 3

Credit value: 12


Unit summary

This is the ability to manage ICT systems to ensure that they deliver the required functionality and capacity. A system can be any combination of equipment, hardware and software.

System Management could involve changing system configuration to meet short-term fluctuations in demand (eg high numbers of calls to specific telephone numbers).

It could also involve longer-term changes such as increasing resources (eg processing or storage capacity) to meet anticipated needs and taking account of advances in technology.

A competent person at level 3 can administer a system.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

236

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Under

stan

d h

ow

to

adm

inis

ter

a sy

stem

1.1

D

escr

ibe

how

to c

onfigure

the

syst

em.

1.2

D

escr

ibe

ICT a

sset

and c

onfigura

tion info

rmat

ion

applic

able

to t

he

syst

em s

uch

as:

–

Phys

ical att

ribute

s (e

g m

anufa

cture

r, t

ype,

re

visi

on,

serial

num

ber

, lo

cation,

valu

e)

–

Configura

tion (

eg p

hys

ical an

d logic

al ad

dre

sses

, options

set,

connec

tions)

.

1.3

D

escr

ibe

how

ava

ilable

options

for

syst

em

configura

tion a

ffec

t fu

nct

ionalit

y an

d c

apaci

ty

2

Adm

inis

ter

a sy

stem

and

chan

ge

syst

em

configura

tions

2.1

Sel

ect

configura

tion o

ptions

to o

ptim

ise

syst

em

funct

ionalit

y and c

apaci

ty

2.2

M

ake

chan

ges

to s

yste

m c

onfigura

tion

2.3

Spec

ify

item

s fo

r w

hic

h I

CT a

sset

and c

onfigura

tion

info

rmat

ion is

to b

e re

cord

ed

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


237

Unit title: System Operation

Unit code: 120


QCF level: 1

Credit value: 6


Unit summary

This is the ability to operate and monitor a system which can be any combination of equipment, hardware and software.

This may include:

• using data backup and restore routines

• handling of incidents

• controlling and monitoring availability and performance of system components

• start-up/close-down routines

• scheduling routine or preventative maintenance

• maintenance of operating plans and schedules.

Examples of 'operational activities' are:

• replenishment of consumables

• routine or preventative maintenance

• data backups.

A competent person at level 1 can operate a system under direct instruction.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

238

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Know

the

funct

ional

ity

of

spec

ifie

d p

arts

of th

e sy

stem

1.1

D

escr

ibe

the

funct

ional

ity

of

spec

ifie

d p

arts

of

the

syst

em,

such

as:

–

required

ser

vice

lev

els

(eg a

vaila

bili

ty,

qual

ity)

–

routine

mai

nte

nan

ce

–

monitoring

–

dat

a in

tegrity

(eg

bac

kups,

anti-v

irus)

–

consu

mab

les

use

, st

ora

ge

& d

isposa

l

–

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty

–

esca

lation

–

info

rmat

ion r

ecord

ing a

nd r

eport

ing

–

obta

inin

g w

ork

per

mis

sions

–

secu

rity

& c

onfiden

tialit

y.

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

239

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2

Oper

ate

spec

ifie

d p

arts

of

the

syst

em

2.1

D

escr

ibe

how

to o

per

ate

spec

ifie

d p

arts

of th

e sy

stem

, su

ch a

s:

–

oper

atin

g p

arts

of th

e sy

stem

follo

win

g s

pec

ifie

d

pro

cedure

s

–

iden

tify

ing a

nd r

eport

ing s

yste

m fau

lts

–

reco

rdin

g s

pec

ifie

d o

per

atio

nal

info

rmat

ion

–

how

to r

ecognis

e sy

stem

fau

lts.

2.2

Ass

ess

and m

inim

ise

risk

s re

late

d t

o y

our

ow

n

actions

such

as:

–

loss

or

corr

uption o

f dat

a

–

loss

of

serv

ice

–

dam

age

to e

quip

men

t.

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

240


241

Unit title: ICT System Operation

Unit code: 220


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 9


Unit summary


This may include:










• data backups.

A competent person at level 2 can operate a system under instruction.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

242

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Know

the

rele

vant

par

ts o

f th

e oper

atin

g s

yste

m

1.1

D

escr

ibe

the

rele

vant

par

ts o

f oper

atin

g

pro

cedure

s:

–

required

ser

vice

lev

els

(eg a

vaila

bili

ty,

qual

ity)

–

routine

mai

nte

nan

ce

–

monitoring

–

dat

a in

tegrity

(eg

bac

kups,

anti-v

irus)

–

consu

mab

les

use

, st

ora

ge

and d

isposa

l

–

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty

–

esca

lation

–

info

rmat

ion r

ecord

ing a

nd r

eport

ing

–

obta

inin

g w

ork

per

mis

sions

–

secu

rity

and c

onfiden

tial

ity.

1.2

D

escr

ibe

the

funct

ional

ity

of re

leva

nt

par

ts o

f th

e sy

stem

.

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

243

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2

Oper

ate

spec

ifie

d p

arts

of

the

syst

em

2.1

O

per

ate

spec

ifie

d p

arts

of

the

syst

em:

–

oper

atin

g s

pec

ifie

d s

yste

m p

art

s fo

llow

ing

pro

cedure

s

–

reco

gnis

ing,

reso

lvin

g o

r es

cala

ting s

yste

m

faults

–

gat

her

ing a

nd r

ecord

ing s

pec

ifie

d o

per

atio

nal

in

form

atio

n.

2.2

Ass

ess

and m

inim

ize

risk

s re

late

d t

o y

our

ow

n

actions

such

as:

–

loss

or

corr

uption o

f dat

a

–

loss

of

serv

ice

–

dam

age

to e

quip

men

t.

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

244


245

Unit title: System Operation

Unit code: 320


QCF level: 3

Credit value: 12


Unit summary


This may include:










• data backups.

A competent person at level 3 can maintain and implement system operating procedures.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

246

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Know

how

to o

per

ate

the

syst

em

1.1

Exp

lain

the

oper

atin

g p

roce

dure

s th

at a

re

applic

able

to t

he

syst

em,

such

as:

–

required

ser

vice

lev

els

(eg a

vaila

bili

ty,

qual

ity)

;

–

routine

mai

nte

nan

ce;

–

monitoring;

–

dat

a in

tegrity

(eg

bac

kups,

anti-v

irus)

;

–

consu

mab

les

use

, st

ora

ge

& d

isposa

l;

–

Hea

lth &

Saf

ety;

–

esca

lation;

–

info

rmat

ion r

ecord

ing a

nd r

eport

ing;

–

obta

inin

g w

ork

per

mis

sions;

–

secu

rity

& c

onfiden

tialit

y.

1.2

D

escr

ibe

syst

em f

unct

ional

ity

during n

orm

al

oper

atio

n.

1.3

D

escr

ibe

the

effe

cts

of oper

atio

nal

act

ivitie

s on

syst

em funct

ionalit

y.

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

247

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2

Oper

ate

syst

ems

2.1

U

se a

nd o

per

ate

the

syst

em follo

win

g a

ppro

priat

e pro

cedure

s

2.2

Id

entify

sys

tem

fau

lts

and r

esolv

e or

esca

late

sy

stem

fau

lts

as a

ppro

priat

e

2.3

G

ather

and r

ecord

spec

ifie

d o

per

atio

nal in

form

ation

2.4

Ass

ess

and m

inim

ise

risk

s su

ch a

s:

–

loss

or

corr

uption o

f dat

a

–

loss

of

serv

ice

–

dam

age

to e

quip

men

t

–

effe

cts

on c

ust

om

er o

per

atio

ns.

3

Mai

nta

in a

nd im

ple

men

t sy

stem

oper

atin

g

pro

cedure

s

3.1

Pr

ovi

de

advi

ce a

nd g

uid

ance

on s

yste

m o

per

atio

n

to im

med

iate

colle

agues

3.2

Sel

ect

the

pro

cedure

s to

be

follo

wed

3.3

Sch

edule

oper

atio

nal

act

ivitie

s to

min

imis

e dis

ruption t

o s

yste

m f

unct

ional

ity.

3.4

Colla

te o

per

atio

nal in

form

ation

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

248

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


249

Unit title: Technical Advice and Guidance

Unit code: 221


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 9


Unit summary

This unit covers basic knowledge of how to provide technical advice and guidance and practical application of this knowledge in providing reactive advice and guidance.

Asessment methodology


B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

250

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Know

how

to p

rovi

de

tech

nic

al a

dvi

ce a

nd

guid

ance

1.1

Id

entify

how

tec

hnic

al ad

vice

and g

uid

ance

can

be

use

d

1.2

Li

st t

he

types

of in

form

atio

n w

hic

h c

an f

orm

the

bas

is o

f te

chnic

al advi

ce a

nd g

uid

ance

1.3

Id

entify

org

anis

atio

nal

pro

cedure

s w

hic

h c

an a

pply

to

the

pro

visi

on o

f te

chnic

al a

dvi

ce a

nd g

uid

ance

1.4

Id

entify

circu

mst

ance

s w

her

e te

chnic

al advi

ce a

nd

guid

ance

should

be

pro

vided

pro

active

ly r

ather

th

an r

eact

ivel

y in

res

ponse

to c

ust

om

er r

eques

ts

(eg t

o r

ectify

know

n fau

lts,

to p

rovi

de

new

fu

nct

ional

ity)

2

Provi

de

reac

tive

tec

hnic

al

advi

ce a

nd g

uid

ance

to

cust

om

ers

on a

ran

ge

of

topic

s

2.1

Id

entify

the

purp

ose

s fo

r w

hic

h t

echnic

al a

dvi

ce a

nd

guid

ance

is

required

2.2

Chec

k th

at c

ust

om

ers

are

entitled

to r

ecei

ve t

he

reques

ted t

echnic

al a

dvi

ce a

nd g

uid

ance

2.3

Com

munic

ate

effe

ctiv

ely

with c

ust

om

ers

to o

bta

in

spec

ifie

d info

rmation t

o e

nab

le c

orr

ect

tech

nic

al

advi

ce a

nd g

uid

ance

to b

e pro

vided

2.4

In

terp

ret

giv

en t

echnic

al info

rmat

ion t

o p

roduce

ad

vice

and g

uid

ance

in r

esponse

to c

ust

om

er

reques

ts

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

251

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2.5

Com

munic

ate

tech

nic

al a

dvi

ce a

nd g

uid

ance

to

cust

om

ers

in a

giv

en f

orm

at

and s

tyle

, co

nfirm

ing

cust

om

er u

nder

stan

din

g o

f th

e in

form

atio

n

pro

vided

2.6

Fo

llow

org

anis

atio

nal

pro

cedure

s fo

r re

spondin

g t

o

cust

om

er r

eques

ts incl

udin

g t

he

tim

ely

esca

lation o

f th

ose

for

whic

h t

echnic

al a

dvi

ce a

nd g

uid

ance

ca

nnot

be

pro

vided

or

does

not

reso

lve

the

reques

t

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

252


253

Unit title: Technical Advice and Guidance

Unit code: 321


QCF level: 3

Credit value: 12


Unit summary

This unit provides an understanding of the context for providing technical advice and guidance. It also covers practical provision of both reactive and proactive advice and guidance.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

254

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Under

stan

d t

he

conte

xt

for

pro

vidin

g t

echnic

al

advi

ce a

nd g

uid

ance

1.1

D

escr

ibe

how

tec

hnic

al a

dvi

ce a

nd g

uid

ance

can

be

use

d t

o:

–

reso

lve

pro

ble

ms

–

impro

ve p

erfo

rman

ce.

1.2

D

escr

ibe

the

types

, so

urc

es a

nd a

pplic

abili

ty o

f in

form

atio

n w

hic

h c

an form

the

bas

is o

f te

chnic

al

advi

ce a

nd g

uid

ance

:

–

info

rmat

ion fro

m r

efer

ence

sourc

es (

eg m

anual

s,

han

dbooks

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

spec

ific

atio

ns)

–

info

rmat

ion d

eriv

ed fro

m t

he

anal

ysis

of dat

a (e

g t

rend a

nal

ysis

, fa

ult logs)

–

onlin

e in

form

atio

n (

eg m

anufa

cture

r’s

web

site

s,

tech

nic

al f

ora

, dis

cuss

ion g

roups)

.

1.3

D

escr

ibe

the

pro

cedure

s an

d c

onst

rain

ts w

hic

h c

an

apply

to t

he

pro

visi

on o

f te

chnic

al a

dvi

ce a

nd

guid

ance

(eg

esc

ala

tion,

com

mer

cial/

contr

actu

al,

legal

/reg

ula

tory

, in

form

atio

n s

ecurity

)

1.4

Id

entify

circu

mst

ance

s w

her

e te

chnic

al advi

ce a

nd

guid

ance

should

be

pro

vided

pro

active

ly r

ather

th

an r

eact

ivel

y in

res

ponse

to c

ust

om

er r

eques

ts

(eg t

o r

ectify

know

n fau

lts,

to p

rovi

de

new

fu

nct

ional

ity)

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

255

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2

Provi

de

reac

tive

tec

hnic

al

advi

ce a

nd g

uid

ance

to

cust

om

ers

on a

ran

ge

of

topic

s

2.1

D

eter

min

e th

e purp

ose

s fo

r w

hic

h t

echnic

al a

dvi

ce

and g

uid

ance

is

required

2.2

Ver

ify

that

cust

om

ers

are

entitled

to r

ecei

ve t

he

reques

ted t

echnic

al a

dvi

ce a

nd g

uid

ance

2.3

Com

munic

ate

effe

ctiv

ely

with c

ust

om

ers

to e

licit

suffic

ient

info

rmation t

o e

nab

le c

orr

ect

tech

nic

al

advi

ce a

nd g

uid

ance

to b

e pro

vided

2.4

Sourc

e an

d inte

rpre

t re

leva

nt

tech

nic

al info

rmation

to p

roduce

advi

ce a

nd g

uid

ance

in r

esponse

to

cust

om

er r

eques

ts

2.5

Com

munic

ate

tech

nic

al a

dvi

ce a

nd g

uid

ance

to

cust

om

ers

in a

form

at a

nd s

tyle

whic

h m

eets

thei

r nee

ds,

confirm

ing c

ust

om

er u

nder

stan

din

g o

f th

e in

form

atio

n p

rovi

ded

2.6

Fo

llow

org

anis

atio

nal

pro

cedure

s fo

r re

spondin

g t

o

cust

om

er r

eques

ts incl

udin

g t

he

tim

ely

esca

lation o

f th

ose

for

whic

h t

echnic

al a

dvi

ce a

nd g

uid

ance

ca

nnot

be

pro

vided

or

does

not

reso

lve

the

reques

t

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

256

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

3

Provi

de

pro

active

tec

hnic

al

advi

ce a

nd g

uid

ance

to

cust

om

ers

3.1

Id

entify

the

purp

ose

s fo

r w

hic

h t

he

tech

nic

al a

dvi

ce

and g

uid

ance

is

required

3.2

Id

entify

the

cust

om

ers,

and t

hei

r le

vel of te

chnic

al

know

ledge,

to w

hom

the

tech

nic

al a

dvi

ce a

nd

guid

ance

should

be

pro

vided

3.3

D

evel

op t

echnic

al advi

ce a

nd g

uid

ance

in a

form

at

and s

tyle

whic

h t

akes

into

acc

ount

the

cust

om

ers’

le

vel of te

chnic

al k

now

ledge

3.4

Fo

llow

org

anis

atio

nal

pro

cedure

s fo

r pro

vidin

g

pro

active

tec

hnic

al a

dvi

ce a

nd g

uid

ance

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


257

Unit title: Technical Advice and Guidance Level 4

Unit code: 421


QCF level: 4

Credit value: 15


Unit summary

To develop the knowledge, understanding and skills to provide operational and strategic advice and guidance on a wide range of IT issues.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

258

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Contr

ol th

e pro

visi

on o

f te

chnic

al a

dvi

ce a

nd

guid

ance

1.1

Ensu

re t

hat

org

anis

ational pro

cedure

s fo

r pro

vidin

g

tech

nic

al a

dvi

ce a

nd g

uid

ance

are

follo

wed

:

–

reso

lve

pro

ble

ms

–

impro

ve p

erfo

rman

ce.

1.2

D

escr

ibe

the

types

, so

urc

es a

nd a

pplic

abili

ty o

f in

form

atio

n w

hic

h c

an form

the

bas

is o

f te

chnic

al

advi

ce a

nd g

uid

ance

:

–

info

rmat

ion fro

m r

efer

ence

sourc

es (

eg m

anual

s,

han

dbooks

, m

anufa

cture

r’s

spec

ific

atio

ns)

–

info

rmat

ion d

eriv

ed fro

m t

he

anal

ysis

of dat

a (e

g t

rend a

nal

ysis

, fa

ult logs)

–

onlin

e in

form

atio

n (

eg m

anufa

cture

r’s

web

site

s,

tech

nic

al f

ora

, dis

cuss

ion g

roups)

.

1.3

D

escr

ibe

the

pro

cedure

s an

d c

onst

rain

ts w

hic

h c

an

apply

to t

he

pro

visi

on o

f te

chnic

al a

dvi

ce a

nd

guid

ance

(eg

esc

ala

tion,

com

mer

cial/

contr

actu

al,

legal

/reg

ula

tory

, in

form

atio

n s

ecurity

)

1.4

Id

entify

circu

mst

ance

s w

her

e te

chnic

al advi

ce a

nd

guid

ance

should

be

pro

vided

pro

active

ly r

ather

th

an r

eact

ivel

y in

res

ponse

to c

ust

om

er r

eques

ts

(eg t

o r

ectify

know

n fau

lts,

to p

rovi

de

new

fu

nct

ional

ity)

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

259

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2

Provi

de

reac

tive

tec

hnic

al

advi

ce a

nd g

uid

ance

to

cust

om

ers

on a

ran

ge

of

topic

s

2.1

D

eter

min

e th

e purp

ose

s fo

r w

hic

h t

echnic

al a

dvi

ce

and g

uid

ance

is

required

2.2

Ver

ify

that

cust

om

ers

are

entitled

to r

ecei

ve t

he

reques

ted t

echnic

al a

dvi

ce a

nd g

uid

ance

2.3

Com

munic

ate

effe

ctiv

ely

with c

ust

om

ers

to e

licit

suffic

ient

info

rmation t

o e

nab

le c

orr

ect

tech

nic

al

advi

ce a

nd g

uid

ance

to b

e pro

vided

2.4

Sourc

e an

d inte

rpre

t re

leva

nt

tech

nic

al info

rmation

to p

roduce

advi

ce a

nd g

uid

ance

in r

esponse

to

cust

om

er r

eques

ts

2.5

Com

munic

ate

tech

nic

al a

dvi

ce a

nd g

uid

ance

to

cust

om

ers

in a

form

at a

nd s

tyle

whic

h m

eets

thei

r nee

ds,

confirm

ing c

ust

om

er u

nder

stan

din

g o

f th

e in

form

atio

n p

rovi

ded

2.6

Fo

llow

org

anis

atio

nal

pro

cedure

s fo

r re

spondin

g t

o

cust

om

er r

eques

ts incl

udin

g t

he

tim

ely

esca

lation o

f th

ose

for

whic

h t

echnic

al a

dvi

ce a

nd g

uid

ance

can

not

be

pro

vided

or

does

not

reso

lve

the

reques

t

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

260

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

3

Provi

de

pro

active

tec

hnic

al

advi

ce a

nd g

uid

ance

to

cust

om

ers

3.1

Id

entify

the

purp

ose

s fo

r w

hic

h t

he

tech

nic

al a

dvi

ce

and g

uid

ance

is

required

3.2

Id

entify

the

cust

om

ers,

and t

hei

r le

vel of te

chnic

al

know

ledge,

to w

hom

the

tech

nic

al a

dvi

ce a

nd

guid

ance

should

be

pro

vided

3.3

D

evel

op t

echnic

al advi

ce a

nd g

uid

ance

in a

form

at

and s

tyle

whic

h t

akes

into

acc

ount

the

cust

om

ers’

le

vel of te

chnic

al k

now

ledge.

3.4

Fo

llow

org

anis

atio

nal

pro

cedure

s fo

r pro

vidin

g

pro

active

tec

hnic

al a

dvi

ce a

nd g

uid

ance

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


261

Unit title: Testing ICT Systems

Unit code: 122


QCF level: 1

Credit value: 6


Unit summary

To develop knowledge, understanding and skills to assist in the testing of ICT systems.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

262

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Know

basi

c te

chnic

al

info

rmat

ion a

bout

a sy

stem

to b

e te

sted

, te

stin

g p

roce

dure

s an

d

asso

ciate

d a

ctiv

itie

s,

equip

men

t to

be

use

d a

nd

the

reaso

ns

for

the

test

1.1

Des

crib

e re

leva

nt

par

ts o

f th

e te

stin

g p

roce

ss:

–

test

ing t

ools

to b

e use

d

–

work

pro

cedure

s to

be

follo

wed

(in

cludin

g

obta

inin

g a

uth

ori

sations)

–

pro

cedure

s fo

r re

cord

ing info

rmation.

1.2

D

escr

ibe

the

purp

ose

s of

test

ing

–

chec

king f

unct

ional

ity

–

obta

inin

g p

erfo

rman

ce info

rmation.

1.3

D

escr

ibe

spec

ifie

d t

est

pre

par

atio

n a

nd c

oncl

usi

on

activi

ties

, in

cludin

g:

–

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

(bef

ore

and

afte

r)

–

nee

d t

o o

bta

in w

ork

per

mis

sions

–

site

acc

ess

and s

ecuri

ty

–

envi

ronm

enta

l le

gis

lation a

nd r

egula

tions

(eg

dis

posa

l of

mat

eria

ls)

–

work

sig

n-o

ff a

nd r

eport

ing

–

site

res

tora

tion.

1.4

In

terp

ret

spec

ifie

d t

echnic

al in

form

atio

n a

bout

the

test

and e

quip

men

t to

be

test

ed

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

263

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2

Ass

ist

test

ing u

nder

direc

tion a

nd r

ecord

ac

cura

tely

tes

t re

sults

2.1

Car

ry o

ut

spec

ifie

d p

repar

atio

n a

nd c

oncl

usi

on

activi

ties

, eg

:

–

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

(bef

ore

and

afte

r)

–

nee

d t

o o

bta

in w

ork

per

mis

sions

–

site

acc

ess

and s

ecuri

ty

–

envi

ronm

enta

l le

gis

lation a

nd r

egula

tions

(eg

dis

posa

l of

mat

eria

ls)

–

work

sig

n-o

ff a

nd r

eport

ing

–

site

res

tora

tion.

2.2

U

se s

pec

ifie

d t

esting t

ools

, eg

:

–

elec

tric

al/e

lect

ronic

tes

t in

stru

men

ts

–

on-b

oar

d s

elf-

test

pro

gra

ms

–

dia

gnost

ic s

oft

war

e.

2.3

Rec

ord

spec

ifie

d t

est

info

rmation a

nd t

est

resu

lts

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

264


265


Unit code: 222


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 9


Unit summary

To develop knowledge, understanding and skills to carry out routine testing of ICT systems and to assist in other testing.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

266

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Know

tec

hnic

al

info

rmat

ion a

bout

a ra

nge

of pro

duct

s, t

esting

pro

cedure

s an

d a

ssoci

ated

ac

tivi

ties

, eq

uip

men

t to

be

use

d a

nd t

he

reaso

ns

for

the

test

1.1

D

escr

ibe

the

test

ing p

roce

ss t

o b

e fo

llow

ed:

–

how

to s

elec

t te

sts

and c

olle

ct r

elev

ant

and

suff

icie

nt

info

rmation for

the

test

to b

e su

cces

sful

–

how

to m

inim

ise

serv

ice

dis

ruption d

uring

test

ing a

nd a

void

det

rim

enta

l ef

fect

s or

chan

ges

to

per

form

ance

–

way

s to

configure

tes

ts

–

how

to r

ecord

, m

ain

tain

or

rest

ore

co

nfigura

tions,

dat

a an

d funct

ional

ity

–

types

of

serv

ice

leve

l ag

reem

ents

–

indiv

idual

res

ponsi

bili

ty a

nd a

uth

ority

–

esca

lation p

roce

dure

s an

d r

isks

ass

oci

ate

d w

ith

usi

ng a

tes

ting p

roce

ss.

1.2

D

escr

ibe

the

purp

ose

s of

test

ing,

eg:

–

aidin

g t

he

dia

gnost

ic p

roce

ss

–

com

paring a

ctual an

d e

xpec

ted p

erfo

rmance

.

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

267

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1.3

D

escr

ibe

rele

vant

test

pre

par

atio

n a

nd c

oncl

usi

on

activi

ties

, su

ch a

s:

–

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty leg

isla

tion a

nd r

egula

tions

–

nee

d t

o o

bta

in w

ork

per

mis

sions

–

site

acc

ess

and s

ecuri

ty

–

syst

em o

r eq

uip

men

t in

tegrity

(eg

ensu

ring

net

work

ser

vice

continuity)

–

dat

a in

tegrity

(eg

tak

ing d

ata b

ack

ups

bef

ore

co

mm

enci

ng w

ork

)

–

reso

urc

e ava

ilabili

ty

–

leve

l of

serv

ice

allo

wed

by

the

SLA

–

envi

ronm

enta

l le

gis

lation a

nd r

egula

tions

(eg d

isposa

l of m

ate

rial

s)

–

work

sig

n-o

ff a

nd r

eport

ing

–

site

res

tora

tion

–

syst

em a

nd e

quip

men

t in

tegrity

(eg

res

toring

serv

ice)

–

dat

a in

tegrity

(eg

res

toring d

ata b

acku

ps

as

nec

essa

ry).

1.4

In

terp

ret

tech

nic

al info

rmation o

n a

spec

ifie

d r

ange

of pro

duct

s.

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

268

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2

Car

ry o

ut

routine

test

ing

and a

ssis

t in

oth

er t

esting

2.1

Ensu

re r

elev

ant

pre

par

atio

n a

nd c

oncl

usi

on

activi

ties

hav

e bee

n c

arried

out

(see

lis

t ab

ove

)

2.2

U

se a

ppro

priat

e te

stin

g t

ools

, su

ch a

s:

–

elec

tric

al/e

lect

ronic

tes

t in

stru

men

ts

–

on-b

oar

d s

elf-

test

pro

gra

ms

–

loopback

dev

ices

–

on-l

ine/

rem

ote

monitoring s

oft

war

e

–

soft

war

e deb

ugger

s

–

runtim

e an

alys

ers

–

dia

gnost

ic s

oft

war

e.

2.3

G

ather

and r

ecord

rel

evan

t te

st info

rmat

ion a

nd

test

res

ults,

incl

udin

g:

–

iden

tify

ing t

he

rele

vant

info

rmation

–

usi

ng a

ppro

ved s

ourc

es o

f in

form

atio

n

–

valid

atin

g info

rmation.

2.4

Res

pond t

o t

est

info

rmat

ion a

nd r

esults:

–

inte

rpre

ting e

rror

codes

/mes

sages

–

com

paring w

ith s

pec

ific

ations

–

iden

tify

ing inco

nsi

sten

t dat

a.

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

269

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

270


271


Unit code: 322


QCF level: 3

Credit value: 12


Unit summary

To develop knowledge, understanding and skills to carry out testing of ICT systems and provide expertise to others in testing



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

272

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Know

tec

hnic

al

info

rmat

ion a

bout

a w

ide

range

of

pro

duct

s, t

esting

pro

cedure

s an

d a

ssoci

ated

ac

tivi

ties

, eq

uip

men

t to

be

use

d a

nd t

he

reaso

ns

for

the

test

1.1

D

escr

ibe

the

test

ing p

roce

ss t

o b

e fo

llow

ed:

–

how

to s

elec

t te

sts

and c

olle

ct r

elev

ant

and

suff

icie

nt

info

rmation for

the

test

to b

e su

cces

sful

–

how

to m

inim

ise

serv

ice

dis

ruption d

uring

test

ing a

nd a

void

det

rim

enta

l ef

fect

s or

chan

ges

to

per

form

ance

–

way

s to

configure

tes

ts

–

how

to r

ecord

, m

ain

tain

or

rest

ore

co

nfigura

tions,

dat

a an

d funct

ional

ity

–

types

of

serv

ice

leve

l ag

reem

ents

–

indiv

idual

res

ponsi

bili

ty a

nd a

uth

ority

–

esca

lation p

roce

dure

s an

d r

isks

ass

oci

ate

d w

ith

usi

ng a

tes

ting p

roce

ss

–

info

rmat

ion a

nal

ysis

(le

vel 3).

1.2

D

escr

ibe

the

purp

ose

s of

test

ing:

–

aidin

g t

he

dia

gnost

ic p

roce

ss

–

com

paring a

ctual an

d e

xpec

ted p

erfo

rmance

–

test

ing p

erfo

rman

ce.

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

273

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1.3

D

escr

ibe

what

tes

t pre

par

atio

n a

nd c

oncl

usi

on

activi

ties

are

nec

essa

ry f

or

spec

ific

tes

ts,

such

as:

–

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty leg

isla

tion a

nd r

egula

tions

–

nee

d t

o o

bta

in w

ork

per

mis

sions

–

site

acc

ess

and s

ecuri

ty

–

syst

em o

r eq

uip

men

t in

tegrity

(eg

ensu

ring

net

work

ser

vice

continuity)

–

dat

a in

tegrity

(eg

tak

ing d

ata b

ack

ups

bef

ore

co

mm

enci

ng w

ork

)

–

reso

urc

e ava

ilabili

ty

–

leve

l of

serv

ice

allo

wed

by

the

SLA

–

envi

ronm

enta

l le

gis

lation a

nd r

egula

tions

(eg

dis

posa

l of

mat

eria

ls)

–

work

sig

n-o

ff a

nd r

eport

ing

–

site

res

tora

tion

–

syst

em a

nd e

quip

men

t in

tegrity

(eg

res

toring

serv

ice)

–

dat

a in

tegrity

(eg

res

toring d

ata b

acku

ps

as

nec

essa

ry).

1.4

In

terp

ret

det

aile

d t

echnic

al info

rmat

ion o

n a

sp

ecifie

d r

ange

of pro

duct

s

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

274

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2

Carr

y out

test

ing a

nd

support

oth

ers

in t

he

test

ing p

roce

ss

2.1

Pr

ovi

de

tech

nic

al advi

ce t

o s

upport

tes

ting

2.2

Sel

ect

any

nec

essa

ry p

repara

tion a

nd c

oncl

usi

on

activi

ties

and e

nsu

re t

hat

they

hav

e bee

n

com

ple

ted

2.3

Sel

ect,

adap

t an

d u

se a

ppro

priat

e te

stin

g t

ools

:

–

elec

tric

al/e

lect

ronic

tes

t in

stru

men

ts

–

on-b

oar

d s

elf-

test

pro

gra

ms

–

loopback

dev

ices

–

on-l

ine/

rem

ote

monitoring s

oft

war

e

–

soft

war

e deb

ugger

s

–

runtim

e an

alys

ers

–

dia

gnost

ic s

oft

war

e.

2.3

G

ather

, re

cord

and r

espond t

o t

est

info

rmat

ion a

nd

resu

lts

by:

–

inte

rpre

ting e

rror

codes

/mes

sages

–

com

paring w

ith s

pec

ific

ations

–

iden

tify

ing inco

nsi

sten

t dat

a

–

exam

inin

g r

esults

from

multip

le t

ests

or

tren

d

anal

ysis

–

usi

ng a

nal

ytic

al t

ools

to e

xtra

ct info

rmat

ion fro

m

test

dat

a.

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

275

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

276


277

Unit title: User Profile Administration

Unit code: 223


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 6


Unit summary

This is the ability to specify and configure user profiles.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

278

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Know

how

to a

ssis

t in

the

adm

inis

tration o

f use

r pro

file

s

1.1

D

escr

ibe

how

to m

ake

chan

ges

to u

ser

pro

file

s,

such

as:

–

use

r id

entifier

(eg

use

rnam

e)

–

pas

sword

and r

elat

ed info

rmation (

eg c

hange

freq

uen

cy)

–

allo

wed

sys

tem

acc

ess

(eg t

imes

, lo

cations)

–

allo

wed

acc

ess

to f

acili

ties

(eg

dat

a, s

oft

war

e).

2

Ass

ist

in t

he

adm

inis

tration o

f use

r pro

file

s

2.1

M

ake

spec

ifie

d c

han

ges

to u

ser

pro

file

s

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


279

Unit title: User Profile Administration

Unit code: 323


QCF level: 3

Credit value: 9


Unit summary

This is the ability to specify and configure user profiles.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

280

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Know

how

to a

dm

inis

ter

use

r pro

file

s 1.1

D

escr

ibe

the

org

anis

atio

nal

polic

y on u

ser

pro

file

s su

ch a

s:

–

use

r id

entifier

(eg

use

rnam

e)

–

pas

sword

and r

elat

ed info

rmation (

eg c

hange

freq

uen

cy)

–

allo

wed

sys

tem

acc

ess

(eg t

imes

, lo

cations)

–

allo

wed

acc

ess

to f

acili

ties

(eg

dat

a, s

oft

war

e).

1.2

D

escr

ibe

how

to c

reate

and e

dit u

ser

and s

tandar

d

pro

file

s

1.3

D

escr

ibe

how

use

r pro

file

s af

fect

acc

ess

to s

yste

m

faci

litie

s, s

uch

as:

–

shar

ed r

esourc

es (

eg d

ata s

tora

ge,

printe

rs)

–

soft

war

e

–

dat

a.

2

Adm

inis

ter

use

r pro

file

s 2.1

M

ake

spec

ifie

d c

han

ges

to u

ser

pro

file

s

2.2

Spec

ify

use

r pro

file

s to

mee

t in

div

idual

re

quirem

ents

2.3

Cre

ate

standar

d p

rofile

s fo

r gro

ups

of use

rs

2.4

Pr

ovi

de

guid

ance

on u

ser

pro

file

s to

im

med

iate

co

lleag

ues

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

281

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

282


283

Unit title: Using and Managing Bowman Systems for Advanced Signallers

Unit code: 324


QCF level: 3

Credit value: 19


Unit summary

This unit defines the use and management of BOWMAN radio systems and is specific to the armed forces.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

284

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Be

able

to c

om

man

d a

ra

dio

det

ach

men

t 1.1

Ext

ract

info

rmat

ion f

rom

a b

rief

ing/o

rder

s gro

up

1.2

Exp

lain

how

to b

rief

a s

ignal

s det

achm

ent

1.3

Conduct

a lin

e re

connai

ssan

ce

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to b

rief

a lin

e par

ty

1.5

Contr

ol th

e la

ying,

test

ing a

nd r

ecove

ry o

f lin

e

1.6

Exp

lain

how

to b

rief

a d

etach

men

t on h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty r

isks

1.7

Contr

ol th

e in

itia

lisat

ion o

f co

mm

unic

atio

n

equip

men

t

1.8

Ext

ract

and inte

rpre

t si

gnal

s in

form

atio

n f

rom

polic

ies

and p

roce

dure

s

1.9

D

emonst

rate

how

to c

ontr

ol th

e han

dove

r or

take

ove

r of a

com

munic

atio

ns

det

achm

ent

1.1

0

Des

crib

e how

to c

ontr

ol cr

ypto

gra

phic

equip

men

t an

d m

ater

ial

1.1

1

Iden

tify

hea

lth a

nd s

afet

y risk

s

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

285

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2

Man

age

BO

WM

AN

and n

on

BO

WM

AN

equip

men

t 2.1

D

emonst

rate

how

to m

ainta

in a

sub-u

nit a

ccount

of

radio

s an

d a

ssoci

ated

equip

men

t

2.2

Car

ry o

ut

funct

ional te

sts

on r

adio

equip

men

t

2.3

D

emonst

rate

how

to p

erfo

rm b

asi

c m

ain

tenan

ce o

f co

mm

unic

atio

ns

equip

men

t

2.4

D

emonst

rate

how

to p

erfo

rm t

ests

and v

erific

atio

n

on s

usp

ect

equip

men

t

2.5

Lo

cate

fau

lts

to L

RU

lev

el

3

Be

able

to s

uper

vise

bat

tery

char

gin

g

3.1

Est

ablis

h D

C (

Direc

t Curr

ent)

bat

tery

char

gin

g

area

s

3.2

D

emonst

rate

how

to m

ainta

in b

atte

ry c

har

gin

g

equip

men

t

4

Const

ruct

an a

nte

nna

for

adva

nce

d c

om

munic

atio

ns

4.1

Sta

te t

he

princi

ple

s ap

plic

able

to e

lect

rom

agnet

ic

theo

ry a

nd p

ropagat

ion o

f ra

dio

wav

es

4.2

Cal

cula

te,

sele

ct a

nd a

ssem

ble

a s

uitab

le a

nte

nna

for

hig

h f

requen

cy (

HF)

com

munic

atio

ns

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

286

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

5

Advi

se o

n c

om

munic

atio

n

secu

rity

and e

lect

ronic

w

arfa

re m

atte

rs

5.1

D

emonst

rate

how

to m

onitor

inse

cure

sys

tem

s

5.2

D

emonst

rate

how

to d

ebrief

a d

etac

hm

ent

on

secu

rity

bre

aches

5.3

Advi

se c

om

man

der

s on c

om

munic

atio

n s

ecuri

ty

mat

ters

within

the

unit

5.4

Advi

se o

n e

lect

ronic

war

fare

5.5

D

escr

ibe

Ele

ctro

nic

PM

, Tac

tica

l an

d T

echnic

al

5.6

Sta

te e

lect

ronic

warf

are

pro

cedure

s

6

Est

ablis

h c

om

munic

ation

usi

ng r

e-bro

adca

st

faci

litie

s

6.1

O

per

ate

com

munic

atio

n s

yste

ms

to a

num

ber

of

outs

tations

6.2

O

per

ate

as

a lo

cal re

-bro

adca

st u

sing a

ny

two

com

munic

atio

n s

yste

ms

to a

num

ber

of

outs

tations

7

Oper

ate

the

Com

munic

atio

n

Info

rmat

ion H

andle

r (C

IH)

applic

atio

n

7.1

Pr

epare

the

CIH

applic

atio

n for

oper

atio

n

7.2

O

per

ate

CIH

applic

atio

n

7.3

Pe

rform

use

r m

ain

tenan

ce o

n t

he

CIH

8

Oper

ate

the

Key

Encr

yption K

ey (

KEK)

fill

Dev

ice

8.1

Pre

pare

the

Key

Encr

yption K

ey (

KEK)

fill

dev

ice

for

oper

atio

n

8.2

O

per

ate

the

Key

Encr

yption K

ey (

KEK)

fill

dev

ice

8.3

Per

form

use

r m

ainte

nan

ce o

n K

FD

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

287

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

9

Oper

ate

Com

mon

Bat

tlef

ield

Applic

atio

n

Tools

et (

Com

BAT)

9.1

Exp

lain

how

to c

reat

e sy

mbols

9.2

Exp

lain

how

to c

reate

ove

rlays

9.3

D

escr

ibe

how

to v

iew

and/o

r am

end loca

tion s

tatu

s boar

d

9.4

D

escr

ibe

how

to v

iew

tra

ck h

isto

ry p

layb

ack

9.5

Configure

CPR

9.6

Pro

duce

pla

ns

and o

rder

s usi

ng C

om

BAT

9.7

D

emonst

rate

how

to m

anag

e m

essa

ges

and d

ata

9.8

D

emonst

rate

how

to load

Com

BAT m

appin

g

10

Oper

ate

the

Loca

l Are

a Sub-s

yste

m (

LAS)

10.1

D

emonst

rate

how

to p

repar

e th

e si

mple

har

nes

s

10.2

D

emonst

rate

how

to p

repar

e th

e bas

ic funct

ional

LAS a

nd r

emote

connec

tions

10.3

D

emonst

rate

how

to p

repar

e th

e fu

ll fu

nct

ional

LAS

and r

emote

connec

tion

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

288

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

11

Be

able

to m

anag

e unit/s

ub-u

nit s

ignal

s tr

ainin

g

11.1

Id

entify

and p

lan u

nit o

r su

b-u

nit s

ignal

tra

inin

g

nee

ds

11.2

Sel

ect

appro

priate

met

hods

of in

stru

ctio

n

11.3

Car

ry o

ut

a m

inim

um

of

thre

e te

ach

ing p

ract

ices

in

acco

rdan

ce w

ith D

efen

ce I

nst

ruct

ion a

nd

Tec

hniq

ues

pro

cess

11.4

Pa

ss t

he

Def

ence

Inst

ruct

ion a

nd T

echniq

ue

cours

e

12

Att

end b

rief

ings

on

BO

WM

AN

Dig

itiz

atio

n

funct

ional

ity

12.1

Id

entify

how

voic

e an

d d

ata t

echnolo

gie

s ar

e utilis

ed w

ithin

the

BO

WM

AN

arc

hitec

ture

12.2

Id

entify

the

com

ponen

ts a

nd funct

ion o

f th

e BO

WM

AN

Com

munic

atio

n M

anagem

ent

Sys

tem

s (B

CM

S)

applic

ations

12.3

Id

entify

the

chara

cter

istics

and c

apab

ilities

of th

e G

PS s

yste

ms

and c

om

ponen

ts o

f N

avi

gat

ion

War

fare

(N

AVW

AR)

12.4

Id

entify

the

com

ponen

ts o

f th

e Apac

he

BO

WM

AN

Connec

tivi

ty (

ABC

)

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


289

Unit title: Designing and Developing a Website

Unit code: 425


QCF level: 4

Credit value: 15


Unit summary

To provide the learner with the skills and competencies to carry out a Website development from design to testing in a professional capacity, and to understand a range of issues concerned with Web development activities.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

290

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Des

ign a

web

site

to

addre

ss loose

ly-d

efin

ed

requirem

ents

1.1

Id

entify

the

key

des

ign fea

ture

s in

her

ent

within

a

requirem

ents

spec

ific

atio

n

1.2

U

se p

lannin

g t

ools

and t

echniq

ues

to c

reat

e a s

ite

map

1.3

Eva

luat

e diffe

rent

des

ign m

odel

s an

d s

elec

t th

e m

ost

appro

priat

e to

mee

t re

quirem

ents

2

Use

web

dev

elopm

ent

tools

to b

uild

(X)H

TM

L an

d

CSS-b

ase

d w

ebsi

tes

to

addre

ss w

ell-

def

ined

sp

ecific

atio

ns

2.1

D

escr

ibe

the

use

of (X

)HTM

L to

dev

elop w

ebsi

tes

2.2

D

escr

ibe

how

to u

se C

SS t

o s

tandar

dis

e th

e ove

rall

styl

e of a w

ebsi

te

2.3

W

rite

the

sourc

e co

de

for

a si

mple

web

pag

e in

cl

ean X

HTM

L acc

ord

ing t

o a

spec

ific

ation

2.4

W

rite

the

sourc

e co

de

for

a C

SS a

ccord

ing t

o a

sp

ecific

atio

n

2.5

Exp

lain

the

conte

xtual

applic

atio

n o

f a

variet

y of

web

dev

elopm

ent

tools

2.6

Exp

lain

the

adva

nta

ges

and d

isad

vanta

ges

of

various

web

dev

elopm

ent

met

hodolo

gie

s an

d

tech

nolo

gie

s

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

291

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

3

Under

stan

d t

he

tech

nolo

gy

and t

ools

nee

ded

to u

se m

ultim

edia

in

the

conte

xt o

f a

web

site

3.1

Exp

lain

the

adva

nta

ges

and d

isad

vanta

ges

of

various

types

of m

ultim

edia

file

form

at

3.2

Exp

lain

the

adva

nta

ges

and d

isad

vanta

ges

of

diffe

rent

types

of m

ultim

edia

ele

men

t in

rel

ation t

o

diffe

rent

conte

xts

3.3

Em

bed

funct

ional m

ultim

edia

com

ponen

ts in a

n

(X)H

TM

L si

te

4

Dev

elop t

est

stra

tegie

s an

d a

pply

thes

e to

a

web

site

4.1

D

evel

op a

nd a

pply

a t

est

stra

tegy

consi

sten

t w

ith

the

des

ign

4.2

D

eter

min

e ex

pec

ted t

est

resu

lts

4.3

Rec

ord

act

ual

tes

t re

sults

to e

nab

le c

om

par

ison

with e

xpec

ted r

esults

4.4

Anal

yse

actu

al t

est

resu

lts

again

st e

xpec

ted r

esults

to iden

tify

dis

crep

anci

es

4.5

In

vest

igat

e te

st d

iscr

epan

cies

to iden

tify

and r

ectify

th

eir

cause

s

4.6

Exp

lain

the

nee

d for

test

ing o

n d

iffe

rent

pla

tform

s an

d b

row

sers

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

292

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

5

Under

stan

d t

he

nee

d for

Web

sta

ndar

ds

5.1

Exp

lain

the

role

of

the

W3C

5.2

Exp

lain

W3C s

tandar

ds

and t

hei

r ap

plic

atio

n in s

ite

codin

g

5.3

D

iscu

ss w

eb a

cces

sibili

ty a

nd u

sabili

ty iss

ues

fro

m

the

view

poin

t of an

IT p

rofe

ssio

nal

.

6

Under

stan

d t

he

conce

pts

as

soci

ate

d w

ith u

sing t

he

inte

rnet

and t

he

World

Wid

e W

eb f

or

busi

nes

s

6.1

Exp

lain

the

under

lyin

g p

hys

ical an

d o

per

atio

nal

pro

per

ties

of th

e in

tern

et a

nd W

orld W

ide

Web

, in

cludin

g t

he

diffe

rence

bet

wee

n t

he

two

6.2

D

iscu

ss t

he

inte

rnet

and t

he

Web

as

a busi

nes

s to

ol, incl

udin

g (

but

not

limited

to)

as a

tool fo

r co

mm

unic

atio

ns,

res

earc

h,

sale

s an

d m

arke

ting.

6.3

D

iscu

ss t

he

adva

nta

ges

and d

isad

vanta

ges

of

various

inte

rnet

-base

d m

odel

s, in d

iffe

rent

conte

xts

6.4

D

iscu

ss t

he

adva

nta

ges

and d

isad

vanta

ges

of

various

ecom

mer

ce m

odel

s, in d

iffe

rent

conte

xts

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


293

Unit title: Database Software

Unit code: 126


QCF level: 1

Credit value: 3


Unit summary

This is the ability to use a software application designed to organise and store structured information and generate reports.

This unit is about the skills and knowledge required by an IT user to use database software tools and techniques to:

• enter straightforward or routine information into a database

• set up a single table in a flat file database

• retrieve information by running routine queries

• produce reports using predefined menus or short cuts.

The structure and functionality of the database will be predefined. Any aspects that are unfamiliar will require support and advice from others.

Database tools and techniques will be described as ‘basic’ because:

• the tools and functions will be predefined or commonly used

• the techniques for inputting, manipulation and outputting will be straightforward or routine.

Assessment requirements/evidence requirements

Evidence of achievement can be derived from a variety of sources. Learners who use their IT skills directly in their day-to-day work can prove their competence whilst doing so. Alternatively learners can use scenarios and knowledge tests - or a mixture of both - to demonstrate competence.


294


All ITQ units may be assessed using any method, or combination of methods, which clearly demonstrates that the learning outcomes and assessment criteria have been met.

Whilst assessors are required to have a sound understanding of the unit requirements and be able to give appropriate feedback to learners, they do not have to be A1 qualified. However, ideally every assessor should have ITQ Level 3 or equivalent in order to be able to adequately assess at that level and below.

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

295

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Ente

r, e

dit a

nd o

rgan

ise

stru

cture

d info

rmat

ion in a

dat

abase

1.1

Id

entify

the

mai

n c

om

ponen

ts o

f a

data

bas

e

1.2

Cre

ate

a dat

abas

e ta

ble

for

a purp

ose

usi

ng

spec

ifie

d f

ield

s

1.3

Ente

r st

ruct

ure

d d

ata into

rec

ord

s to

mee

t re

quirem

ents

1.4

Lo

cate

and a

men

d d

ata

rec

ord

s

1.5

Res

pond a

ppro

priat

ely

to d

ata

entr

y er

ror

mes

sages

1.6

Chec

k dat

a m

eets

nee

ds,

usi

ng I

T t

ools

and m

aki

ng

corr

ections

as n

eces

sary

2

Use

dat

abas

e so

ftw

are

to

ols

to e

xtra

ct

info

rmat

ion a

nd p

roduce

re

port

s

2.1

Id

entify

quer

ies

whic

h m

eet

info

rmat

ion

requirem

ents

2.2

Run s

imple

dat

abase

quer

ies

2.3

Id

entify

rep

ort

s w

hic

h m

eet

info

rmat

ion

requirem

ents

2.4

G

ener

ate

and p

rint

pre

-def

ined

dat

abase

rep

ort

s

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

296

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


297


Unit code: 226


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 4


Unit summary


This unit is about the skills and knowledge required by an IT user to select and use intermediate database software tools and techniques to:

• enter information into databases, that is at times non-routine or unfamiliar

• retrieve information by creating queries using multiple selection criteria

• produce reports by setting up menus or shortcuts.

They will also be able to create and modify single table, non-relational databases. Any aspects that are unfamiliar may require support and advice from others.

Database tools, functions and techniques will be described as ‘intermediate’ because:

• the software tools and functions involved will at times be non-routine or unfamiliar

• the choice and use of input, manipulation and output techniques will need to take account of a number of factors or elements.




298




B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

299

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Cre

ate

and m

odify

non-

rela

tional

dat

abase

tab

les

1.1

Id

entify

the

com

ponen

ts o

f a d

ata

bas

e des

ign

1.2

D

escr

ibe

the

fiel

d c

har

acte

rist

ics

for

the

dat

a re

quired

1.3

Cre

ate

and m

odify

data

bas

e ta

ble

s usi

ng a

ran

ge

of

fiel

d t

ypes

1.4

D

escr

ibe

way

s to

mai

nta

in d

ata

inte

gri

ty

1.5

Res

pond a

ppro

priat

ely

to p

roble

ms

with d

ata

bas

e ta

ble

s

1.6

U

se d

atab

ase

tools

and t

echniq

ues

to e

nsu

re d

ata

inte

gri

ty is

mai

nta

ined

2

Ente

r, e

dit a

nd o

rgan

ise

stru

cture

d info

rmat

ion in a

dat

abase

2.1

Cre

ate

form

s to

ente

r, e

dit a

nd o

rgan

ise

dat

a in

a

dat

abase

2.2

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priate

tools

and t

echniq

ues

to

form

at

data

entr

y fo

rms

2.3

Chec

k dat

a en

try

mee

ts n

eeds,

usi

ng I

T t

ools

and

mak

ing c

orr

ections

as

nec

essa

ry

2.4

Res

pond a

ppro

priat

ely

to d

ata

entr

y er

rors

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

300

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

3

Use

dat

abas

e so

ftw

are

to

ols

to r

un q

uer

ies

and

pro

duce

rep

ort

s

3.1

Cre

ate

and r

un d

ata

bas

e quer

ies

usi

ng m

ultip

le

criter

ia t

o d

ispla

y or

amen

d s

elec

ted d

ata

3.2

Pl

an a

nd p

roduce

dat

abas

e re

port

s fr

om

a s

ingle

ta

ble

non-r

elat

ional

dat

abase

3.3

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priate

tools

and t

echniq

ues

to

form

at

data

bas

e re

port

s

3.4

Chec

k re

port

s m

eet

nee

ds,

usi

ng I

T t

ools

and

mak

ing c

orr

ections

as

nec

essa

ry

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


301


Unit code: 326


QCF level: 3

Credit value: 6


Unit summary


This unit is about the skills and knowledge required by an IT user to select and use advanced database software tools and techniques efficiently to:

• enter complex information into databases

• retrieve information by creating queries using multiple selection criteria

• produce reports by setting up menus or shortcuts

• design, create and interrogate multiple-table relational databases.

Database tools, functions and techniques will be described as ‘advanced’ because:

• the software tools and functions involved will be complex and at times require new learning, which will involve having the idea that there may be a tool or function to do something (eg improve efficiency or create an effect), exploring technical support, self-teaching and applying

• the input, manipulation and output techniques involved will be complex, which will involve research, identification and application.




302




B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

303

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Plan

, cr

eate

and m

odify

rela

tional

dat

abase

tab

les

to m

eet

requirem

ents

1.1

Exp

lain

how

a r

elat

ional

dat

abase

des

ign e

nab

les

dat

a to

be

org

anis

ed a

nd q

uer

ied

1.2

Pla

n a

nd c

reat

e m

ultip

le t

able

s fo

r data

entr

y w

ith

appro

priat

e fiel

ds

and p

roper

ties

1.3

Set

up a

nd m

odify

rela

tionsh

ips

bet

wee

n d

atab

ase

table

s

1.4

Exp

lain

why

and h

ow

to m

ain

tain

dat

a inte

grity

1.5

Res

pond a

ppro

priat

ely

to p

roble

ms

with d

ata

bas

e ta

ble

s

1.6

U

se d

atab

ase

tools

and t

echniq

ues

to e

nsu

re d

ata

inte

gri

ty is

mai

nta

ined

2

Ente

r, e

dit a

nd o

rgan

ise

stru

cture

d info

rmat

ion in a

dat

abase

2.1

D

esig

n a

nd c

reat

e fo

rms

to a

cces

s, e

nte

r, e

dit a

nd

org

anis

e data

in a

data

bas

e

2.2

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priate

tools

and t

echniq

ues

to

form

at

data

entr

y fo

rms

2.3

Chec

k dat

a en

try

mee

ts n

eeds,

usi

ng I

T t

ools

and

mak

ing c

orr

ections

as

nec

essa

ry

2.4

Res

pond a

ppro

priat

ely

to d

ata

entr

y er

rors

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

304

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

3

Use

dat

abas

e so

ftw

are

to

ols

to c

reat

e, e

dit a

nd

run d

ata q

uer

ies

and

pro

duce

rep

ort

s

3.1

Exp

lain

how

to s

elec

t, g

ener

ate

and o

utp

ut

info

rmat

ion fro

m q

uer

ies

acco

rdin

g t

o r

equirem

ents

3.2

Cre

ate

and r

un d

ata

bas

e quer

ies

to d

ispla

y, a

men

d

or

calc

ula

te s

elec

ted d

ata

3.3

Pl

an a

nd p

roduce

dat

abas

e re

port

s fr

om

a m

ultip

le-

table

rel

ational

data

bas

e

3.4

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priate

tools

and t

echniq

ues

to

form

at

data

bas

e re

port

s

3.5

Chec

k re

port

s m

eet

nee

ds,

usi

ng I

T t

ools

and

mak

ing c

orr

ections

as

nec

essa

ry

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


305

Unit title: Using Email

Unit code: 127


QCF level: 1

Credit value: 2


Unit summary

This is the ability to make the best use of email software to safely and securely send, receive and store messages.

This unit is about the skills and techniques to use a range of basic email software tools to send, receive and store messages for straightforward or routine activities. Any aspect that is unfamiliar will require support and advice from others.

Email tools and techniques will be defined as ‘basic’ because:

• the software tools and functions will be predetermined or commonly used

• the techniques used will be familiar or commonly undertaken.

An activity will typically be ‘straightforward or routine’ because:

• the task or context will be familiar and involve few factors (for example, time available, audience needs, content, structure)

• the input and output of information will be predetermined by the person supervising the task.






B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

306

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Use

em

ail so

ftw

are

tools

an

d t

echniq

ues

to

com

pose

and s

end

mes

sages

1.1

U

se s

oft

ware

tools

to c

om

pose

and form

at e

mai

l m

essa

ges

1.2

Att

ach f

iles

to e

mai

l m

essa

ges

1.3

Sen

d e

mai

l m

essa

ges

1.4

Id

entify

how

to s

tay

safe

and r

espec

t oth

ers

when

usi

ng e

mai

l

1.5

U

se a

n a

ddre

ss b

ook

to s

tore

and r

etriev

e c

onta

ct

info

rmat

ion

2

Man

age

inco

min

g e

mai

l ef

fect

ivel

y 2.1

Fo

llow

guid

elin

es a

nd p

roce

dure

s fo

r usi

ng e

mail

2.2

Id

entify

when

and h

ow

to r

espond t

o e

mai

l m

essa

ges

2.3

Rea

d a

nd r

espond t

o e

mai

l m

essa

ges

appro

priat

ely

2.4

Id

entify

what

mes

sages

to d

elet

e an

d w

hen

to d

o

so

2.5

Org

anis

e an

d s

tore

em

ail m

essa

ges

2.6

Res

pond a

ppro

priat

ely

to c

om

mon e

mai

l pro

ble

ms

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

307

Lear

ner

nam

e:

Dat

e:

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

: D

ate:

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

: D

ate:

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

(if

sam

ple

d)

Dat

e:

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

308


309


Unit code: 227


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 3


Unit summary

This is the ability to make the best use of email software to safely and securely send, receive and store messages.

This unit is about the skills and knowledge to make effective use of a range of intermediate email software tools to send, receive and store messages for, at times, non-routine or unfamiliar activities. Any aspect that is unfamiliar may require support and advice from others.

Email tools and techniques will be defined as ‘intermediate’ because:

• the software tools and functions will be at times non-routine or unfamiliar

• the techniques required will involve a number of steps and at times be non-routine or unfamiliar.

An activity will typically be ‘non-routine or unfamiliar’ because:

• the task or context is likely to require some analysis, clarification or research (to separate the components and to identify what factors need to be considered, for example, time available, audience needs, accessibility of source, types of content and meaning) before an approach can be planned

• the user will take some responsibility for developing the input or output of information.




310




B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

311

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Use

em

ail so

ftw

are

tools

an

d t

echniq

ues

to

com

pose

and s

end

mes

sages

1.1

Sel

ect

and u

se s

oft

war

e to

ols

to c

om

pose

and

form

at

emai

l m

essa

ges

, in

cludin

g a

ttach

men

ts

1.2

D

eter

min

e th

e m

essa

ge

size

and h

ow

it

can b

e re

duce

d

1.3

Sen

d e

mai

l m

essa

ges

to indiv

idual

s an

d g

roups

1.4

D

escr

ibe

how

to s

tay

safe

and r

espec

t oth

ers

when

usi

ng e

mai

l

1.5

U

se a

n a

ddre

ss b

ook

to o

rgan

ise

conta

ct

info

rmat

ion

2

Man

age

inco

min

g e

mai

l ef

fect

ivel

y 2.1

Fo

llow

guid

elin

es a

nd p

roce

dure

s fo

r usi

ng e

mail

2.2

Rea

d a

nd r

espond t

o e

mai

l m

essa

ges

appro

priat

ely

2.3

U

se e

mai

l so

ftw

are

tools

and t

echniq

ues

to

auto

mat

e re

sponse

s

2.4

D

escr

ibe

how

to a

rchiv

e em

ail m

essa

ges

, in

cludin

g

atta

chm

ents

2.5

O

rgan

ise,

sto

re a

nd a

rchiv

e em

ail m

essa

ges

ef

fect

ivel

y

2.6

Res

pond a

ppro

priat

ely

to e

mai

l pro

ble

ms

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

312

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


313


Unit code: 327


QCF level: 3

Credit value: 3


Unit summary

This is the ability to send and receive messages. Whilst it is primarily associated with the internet, it is not essential to involve internet technology.

This involves:

• using basic email software facilities (eg address books) to send emails to individuals, sending, receiving and opening attachments (eg digital pictures, word processing documents or spreadsheets).

• using more advanced email facilities (eg for setting up groups of email addresses, adding a signature, using rtf or html to alter the design and format of emails and compressing attachments).

• making the most of advanced email facilities (eg for setting up automatic redirection or replies, using encryption and changing browser settings to deal with junk email).






B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

314

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Use

em

ail so

ftw

are

tools

an

d t

echniq

ues

to

com

pose

and s

end

mes

sages

1.1

Sel

ect

and u

se s

oft

war

e to

ols

to c

om

pose

and

form

at

emai

l m

essa

ges

, in

cludin

g a

ttach

men

ts

1.2

Exp

lain

met

hods

to im

pro

ve m

essa

ge

transm

issi

on

1.3

Sen

d e

mai

l m

essa

ges

to indiv

idual

s an

d g

roups

1.4

Exp

lain

why

and h

ow

to s

tay

safe

and r

espec

t oth

ers

when

usi

ng e

mai

l

1.5

U

se a

n a

ddre

ss b

ook

to m

anag

e co

nta

ct

info

rmat

ion

2

Man

age

use

of em

ail

soft

war

e ef

fect

ivel

y 2.1

D

evel

op a

nd c

om

munic

ate

guid

elin

es a

nd

pro

cedure

s fo

r usi

ng e

mai

l ef

fect

ivel

y

2.2

Rea

d a

nd r

espond a

ppro

priat

ely

to e

mai

l m

essa

ges

an

d a

ttach

men

ts

2.3

U

se e

mai

l so

ftw

are

tools

and t

echniq

ues

to

auto

mat

e re

sponse

s

2.4

Exp

lain

why,

how

and w

hen

to a

rchiv

e m

essa

ges

2.5

O

rgan

ise,

sto

re a

nd a

rchiv

e em

ail m

essa

ges

ef

fect

ivel

y

2.6

Cust

om

ise

emai

l so

ftw

are

to m

ake

it e

asie

r to

use

2.7

Exp

lain

how

to m

inim

ise

email

pro

ble

ms

2.8

Res

pond a

ppro

priat

ely

to e

mai

l pro

ble

ms

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

315

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

316


317

Unit title: Using the Internet

Unit code: 128


QCF level: 1

Credit value: 3


Unit summary

This is the ability to set up and use appropriate connection methods to access the internet; make the best use of browser software tools and techniques to search for, retrieve and exchange information using a browser or public search engine and work safely and securely online.

This unit is about the skills and knowledge needed by the IT user to understand and use a connection method and basic internet software tools and techniques to search for and exchange information for straightforward or routine activities. Any aspect that is unfamiliar will require support and advice from others.

Internet tools and techniques will be defined as ‘basic’ because:

• the software tools and functions will be pre-determined or commonly used

• the range of techniques used for searching and exchanging information will be familiar or commonly undertaken.

An activity will typically be ‘straightforward or routine’ because:

• the task or context will be familiar and involve few factors (for example, time available, audience needs, content, structure)

• the input and output of information will be predetermined by the person supervising the task.




318




B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

319

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Connec

t to

the

inte

rnet

1.1

Id

entify

diffe

rent

types

of

connec

tion m

ethods

that

ca

n b

e use

d t

o a

cces

s th

e in

tern

et

1.2

Acc

ess

the

inte

rnet

or

intr

anet

2

Use

bro

wse

r so

ftw

are

to

nav

igat

e w

eb p

ages

2.1

U

se b

row

ser

tools

to n

avig

ate

web

pag

es

2.2

Id

entify

when

to c

hange

bro

wse

r se

ttin

gs

to a

id

nav

igat

ion

2.3

Adju

st b

row

ser

sett

ings

to m

eet

nee

ds

2.4

U

se b

row

ser

hel

p f

acili

ties

3

Use

bro

wse

r to

ols

to

sear

ch f

or

info

rmat

ion

from

the

inte

rnet

3.1

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priat

e se

arch

tec

hniq

ues

to

loca

te info

rmat

ion

3.2

O

utlin

e how

info

rmat

ion m

eets

req

uirem

ents

3.3

U

se r

efer

ence

s to

make

it

easi

er t

o f

ind info

rmat

ion

anoth

er t

ime

3.4

D

ow

nlo

ad a

nd s

ave

diffe

rent

types

of

info

rmat

ion

from

the

inte

rnet

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

320

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

4

Use

bro

wse

r so

ftw

are

to

com

munic

ate

info

rmat

ion

onlin

e

4.1

Sel

ect

and u

se t

ools

and t

echniq

ues

to

com

munic

ate

info

rmat

ion o

nlin

e

4.2

U

se b

row

ser

tools

to s

har

e in

form

atio

n s

ourc

es w

ith

oth

ers

4.3

Subm

it info

rmat

ion o

nlin

e usi

ng form

s or

inte

ract

ive

site

s

4.4

Id

entify

opport

unitie

s to

post

or

publis

h m

ater

ial to

w

ebsi

tes

5

Follo

w a

nd u

nder

stan

d t

he

nee

d f

or

safe

ty a

nd

secu

rity

pra

ctic

es w

hen

w

ork

ing o

nlin

e

5.1

Iden

tify

the

thre

ats

to u

ser

safe

ty w

hen

work

ing

onlin

e

5.2

O

utlin

e how

to m

inim

ise

inte

rnet

sec

uri

ty r

isks

5.3

W

ork

res

ponsi

bly

and t

ake

appro

priate

safe

ty a

nd

secu

rity

pre

cautions

when

work

ing o

nlin

e

5.4

Kee

p p

erso

nal

info

rmat

ion s

ecure

5.5

Fo

llow

rel

evan

t la

ws,

guid

elin

es a

nd p

roce

dure

s fo

r th

e use

of

the

inte

rnet

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


321


Unit code: 228


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 4


Unit summary

This is the ability to set up and use appropriate connection methods to access the internet; make the best use of browser software tools and techniques to search for, retrieve and exchange information using a browser or public search engine, and work safely and securely online.

This unit is about the skills and knowledge needed by the IT user to understand and make effective use of a connection method and intermediate internet software tools and techniques to search for and exchange information for, at times, non-routine or unfamiliar activities. Any aspect that is unfamiliar may require support and advice from others.

Internet tools and techniques at this level will be defined as:


• the range of techniques used for searching and exchanging information will involve a number of steps and at times be non-routine or unfamiliar.

An activity will typically be 'non-routine or unfamiliar' because:

• the task or context is likely to require some analysis, clarification or research (to separate the components and to identify what factors need to be considered, for example, time available, audience needs, accessibility of source, types of content and meaning) before an approach can be planned

• the user will take some responsibility for selecting how to search for and exchange the information.




322




B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

323

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Connec

t to

the

inte

rnet

1.1

Id

entify

diffe

rent

types

of

connec

tion m

ethods

that

ca

n b

e use

d t

o a

cces

s th

e in

tern

et

1.2

Id

entify

the

ben

efits

and d

raw

bac

ks o

f th

e co

nnec

tion m

ethod u

sed

1.3

G

et o

nlin

e w

ith a

n inte

rnet

connec

tion

1.4

U

se h

elp f

acili

ties

to

solv

e in

tern

et c

onnec

tion

pro

ble

ms

2

Use

bro

wse

r so

ftw

are

to

nav

igat

e w

eb p

ages

ef

fect

ivel

y

2.1

Sel

ect

and u

se b

row

ser

tools

to n

avig

ate

web

pag

es

2.2

Id

entify

when

to c

hange

sett

ings

to a

id n

avig

atio

n

2.3

Adju

st b

row

ser

sett

ings

to o

ptim

ise

per

form

ance

an

d m

eet

nee

ds

2.4

Id

entify

way

s to

im

pro

ve t

he

per

form

ance

of a

bro

wse

r

3

Use

bro

wse

r to

ols

to

sear

ch f

or

info

rmat

ion

from

the

inte

rnet

3.1

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priat

e se

arch

tec

hniq

ues

to

loca

te info

rmat

ion e

ffic

iently

3.2

D

escr

ibe

how

wel

l in

form

atio

n m

eets

req

uirem

ents

3.3

M

anag

e an

d u

se r

efer

ence

s to

mak

e it e

asie

r to

fin

d

info

rmat

ion a

noth

er t

ime

3.4

D

ow

nlo

ad,

org

anis

e an

d s

tore

diffe

rent

types

of

info

rmat

ion fro

m t

he

inte

rnet

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

324

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

4

Use

bro

wse

r so

ftw

are

to

com

munic

ate

info

rmat

ion

onlin

e

4.1

Id

entify

opport

unitie

s to

cre

ate

, post

or

publis

h

mat

eria

l to

web

site

s

4.2

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priate

tools

and t

echniq

ues

to

com

munic

ate

info

rmat

ion o

nlin

e

4.3

U

se b

row

ser

tools

to s

har

e in

form

atio

n s

ourc

es w

ith

oth

ers

4.4

Subm

it info

rmat

ion o

nlin

e

5

Use

inte

rnet

and intr

anet

to

acc

ess,

ret

riev

e an

d

exch

ange

rele

vant

info

rmat

ion o

f diffe

rent

types

.

5.1

Sea

rchin

g f

or

info

rmat

ion o

n t

he

inte

rnet

or

an

intr

anet

5.2

Fi

nd a

nd e

valu

ate

info

rmat

ion

5.3

Exc

han

ge

info

rmation follo

win

g t

he

rule

s of

‘net

iquet

te’ w

hen

com

munic

atin

g w

ith o

ther

s

5.4

Choose

and u

se a

ppro

priate

met

hods

of

exch

angin

g

info

rmat

ion

5.5

U

se inte

ract

ive

site

s

5.6

Cust

om

ise

bro

wse

r se

ttin

gs

to im

pro

ve t

he

per

form

ance

of

soft

war

e

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


325


Unit code: 328


QCF level: 3

Credit value: 5


Unit summary

This is the ability to set up and use appropriate connection methods to access the internet; make the best use of browser software tools and techniques to search for, retrieve and exchange information using a browser or public search engine, and work safely and securely online.

This unit is about the skills and knowledge needed by the IT User to advise on and set up an internet connection to meet a variety of user needs. They can also make efficient use of advanced internet software tools and techniques to search for and exchange information for complex and non-routine activities.

Internet tools and techniques will be defined as 'advanced' because:

• the software tools and functions required will be described as complex because at times they involve having the idea that there may be a tool or function to do something (eg improve efficiency or create an effect), exploring technical support, self-teaching and applying

• the range of techniques required for searching and exchanging information will be complex, and the selection process may involve research, identification and application.

An activity will typically be 'complex and non-routine' because:

• the task is likely to require research, identification and application

• the context is likely to require research, analysis and interpretation

• the user will take full responsibility for searching for and exchanging the information.




326




B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

327

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Sel

ect

and s

et u

p a

n

appro

priat

e co

nnec

tion t

o

acce

ss t

he

inte

rnet

1.1

Id

entify

diffe

rent

types

of

connec

tion m

ethods

that

ca

n b

e use

d t

o a

cces

s th

e in

tern

et

1.2

Exp

lain

the

ben

efits

and d

raw

bac

ks o

f diffe

rent

connec

tion m

ethods

1.3

Anal

yse

the

issu

es a

ffec

ting d

iffe

rent

gro

ups

of

use

rs

1.4

Sel

ect

and s

et u

p a

n inte

rnet

connec

tion u

sing a

n

appro

priat

e co

mbin

ation o

f hard

war

e an

d s

oft

war

e

1.5

Rec

om

men

d a

connec

tion m

ethod f

or

inte

rnet

ac

cess

to m

eet

iden

tified

nee

ds

1.6

D

iagnose

and s

olv

e in

tern

et c

onnec

tion p

roble

ms

2

Set

up a

nd u

se b

row

ser

soft

war

e to

nav

igat

e w

eb

pag

es

2.1

Sel

ect

and u

se b

row

ser

tools

to n

avig

ate

web

pag

es

effe

ctiv

ely

2.2

Exp

lain

when

to c

han

ge

bro

wse

r se

ttin

gs

to a

id

nav

igat

ion

2.3

Adju

st a

nd m

onitor

bro

wse

r se

ttin

gs

to m

ainta

in

and im

pro

ve p

erfo

rman

ce

2.4

Exp

lain

when

and h

ow

to im

pro

ve b

row

ser

per

form

ance

2.5

Cust

om

ise

bro

wse

r so

ftw

are

to m

ake

it e

asi

er t

o

use

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

328

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

3

Use

bro

wse

r to

ols

to

sear

ch e

ffec

tive

ly a

nd

effici

ently

for

info

rmation

from

the

inte

rnet

3.1

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priat

e se

arch

tec

hniq

ues

to

loca

te info

rmat

ion e

ffic

iently

3.2

Eva

luat

e how

wel

l in

form

atio

n m

eets

req

uirem

ents

3.3

M

anag

e an

d u

se r

efer

ence

s to

mak

e it e

asie

r to

fin

d

info

rmat

ion a

noth

er t

ime

3.4

D

ow

nlo

ad,

org

anis

e an

d s

tore

diffe

rent

types

of

info

rmat

ion fro

m t

he

inte

rnet

4

Use

bro

wse

r so

ftw

are

to

com

munic

ate

info

rmat

ion

onlin

e

4.1

Id

entify

and a

nal

yse

opport

unitie

s to

cre

ate,

post

or

publis

h m

ate

rial

to w

ebsi

tes

4.2

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priate

tools

and t

echniq

ues

to

com

munic

ate

info

rmat

ion o

nlin

e

4.3

Shar

e an

d s

ubm

it info

rmat

ion o

nlin

e usi

ng

appro

priat

e la

nguage

and m

oder

ate

conte

nt

from

oth

ers

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

329

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

5

Dev

elop a

nd a

pply

ap

pro

priat

e sa

fety

and

secu

rity

pra

ctic

es a

nd

pro

cedure

s w

hen

work

ing

onlin

e

5.1

Exp

lain

the

thre

ats

to s

yste

m p

erfo

rman

ce w

hen

w

ork

ing o

nlin

e

5.2

W

ork

res

ponsi

bly

and t

ake

appro

priate

safe

ty a

nd

secu

rity

pre

cautions

when

work

ing o

nlin

e

5.3

Exp

lain

the

thre

ats

to info

rmation s

ecuri

ty a

nd

inte

grity

when

work

ing o

nlin

e

5.4

Kee

p info

rmat

ion s

ecure

and m

anag

e use

r ac

cess

to

onlin

e so

urc

es s

ecure

ly

5.5

Exp

lain

the

thre

ats

to u

ser

safe

ty w

hen

work

ing

onlin

e

5.6

Exp

lain

how

to m

inim

ise

inte

rnet

sec

urity

ris

ks

5.7

D

evel

op a

nd p

rom

ote

law

s, g

uid

elin

es a

nd

pro

cedure

s fo

r sa

fe a

nd s

ecure

use

of

the

inte

rnet

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

330


331

Unit title: Presentation Software

Unit code: 129


QCF level: 1

Credit value: 3


Unit summary

This is the ability to use software applications to produce effective presentations, which include a combination of media (eg images, animation and sound) for education, entertainment or information sharing.

This unit is about the skills and knowledge required by an IT user to use a range of basic presentation software tools and techniques to produce straightforward or routine presentations. Any aspect that is unfamiliar will require support and advice from others.

Presentation tools and techniques at this level are described as ‘basic’ because:

• the software tools and functions will be predefined or commonly used

• the range of entry, manipulation and outputting techniques will be straightforward or routine

• the inputting, manipulating and outputting of the information will be predetermined, straightforward or routine.






B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

332

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Input

and c

om

bin

e te

xt

and o

ther

info

rmation

within

pre

senta

tion s

lides

1.1

Id

entify

what

typ

es o

f in

form

atio

n a

re r

equired

for

the

pre

senta

tion

1.2

Sel

ect

and u

se d

iffe

rent

slid

e la

youts

as

appro

priate

fo

r diffe

rent

types

of

info

rmat

ion

1.3

Ente

r in

form

atio

n into

pre

senta

tion s

lides

so t

hat

it

is r

eady

for

editin

g a

nd form

atting

1.4

Id

entify

any

const

rain

ts w

hic

h m

ay a

ffec

t th

e pre

senta

tion

1.5

Com

bin

e in

form

ation o

f diffe

rent

form

s or

from

diffe

rent

sourc

es f

or

pre

senta

tions

1.6

Sto

re a

nd r

etriev

e pre

senta

tion file

s ef

fect

ivel

y, in

line

with loca

l guid

elin

es a

nd c

onve

ntions

wher

e av

aila

ble

2

Use

pre

senta

tion s

oft

war

e to

ols

to s

truct

ure

, ed

it a

nd

form

at

slid

es

2.1

Id

entify

what

slid

e st

ruct

ure

to u

se

2.2

Sel

ect

and u

se a

n a

ppro

pri

ate

tem

pla

te t

o s

truct

ure

sl

ides

2.3

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priat

e te

chniq

ues

to e

dit s

lides

2.4

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priat

e te

chniq

ues

to form

at

slid

es

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

333

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

3

Pre

pare

slid

es f

or

pre

senta

tion t

o m

eet

nee

ds

3.1

Id

entify

how

to p

rese

nt

slid

es t

o m

eet

nee

ds

and

com

munic

ate

effe

ctiv

ely

3.2

Pre

pare

slid

es f

or

pre

senta

tion

3.3

Chec

k pre

senta

tion m

eets

nee

ds,

usi

ng I

T t

ools

and

mak

ing c

orr

ections

as

nec

essa

ry

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

334


335


Unit code: 229


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 4


Unit summary


This unit is about the skills and knowledge required by an IT user to select and use a wide range of intermediate presentation software tools and techniques effectively to produce presentations that are at times non-routine or unfamiliar. Any aspect that is unfamiliar may require support and advice from others.

Presentation tools and techniques at this level will be described as ‘intermediate’ because:

• the software tools and functions used will be at times non-routine or unfamiliar

• the choice and use of input, manipulation and output techniques will need to take account of a number of factors or elements

• the user will take some responsibility for inputting, structuring, editing and presenting the information, which at times may be non-routine or unfamiliar.




336




B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

337

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Input

and c

om

bin

e te

xt

and o

ther

info

rmation

within

pre

senta

tion s

lides

1.1

Id

entify

what

typ

es o

f in

form

atio

n a

re r

equired

for

the

pre

senta

tion

1.2

Ente

r te

xt a

nd o

ther

info

rmation u

sing layo

uts

ap

pro

priat

e to

typ

e of in

form

atio

n

1.3

In

sert

chart

s an

d t

able

s in

to p

rese

nta

tion s

lides

1.4

In

sert

im

ages

, vi

deo

or

sound t

o e

nhan

ce t

he

pre

senta

tion

1.5

Id

entify

any

const

rain

ts w

hic

h m

ay a

ffec

t th

e pre

senta

tion

1.6

O

rgan

ise

and c

om

bin

e in

form

ation o

f diffe

rent

form

s or

from

diffe

rent

sourc

es f

or

pre

senta

tions

1.7

Sto

re a

nd r

etriev

e pre

senta

tion file

s ef

fect

ivel

y, in

line

with loca

l guid

elin

es a

nd c

onve

ntions

wher

e av

aila

ble

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

338

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2

Use

pre

senta

tion s

oft

war

e to

ols

to s

truct

ure

, ed

it a

nd

form

at

slid

e se

quen

ces

2.1

Id

entify

what

slid

e st

ruct

ure

and t

hem

es t

o u

se

2.2

Sel

ect,

change

and u

se a

ppro

priat

e te

mpla

tes

for

slid

es

2.3

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priat

e te

chniq

ues

to e

dit s

lides

an

d p

rese

nta

tions

to m

eet

nee

ds

2.4

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priat

e te

chniq

ues

to form

at

slid

es a

nd p

rese

nta

tions

2.5

Id

entify

what

pre

senta

tion e

ffec

ts t

o u

se t

o

enhan

ce t

he

pre

senta

tion

2.6

Sel

ect

and u

se a

nim

ation a

nd t

ransi

tion e

ffec

ts

appro

priat

ely

to e

nhan

ce s

lide

sequen

ces

3

Pre

pare

slid

eshow

for

pre

senta

tion

3.1

D

escr

ibe

how

to p

rese

nt

slid

es t

o m

eet

nee

ds

and

com

munic

ate

effe

ctiv

ely

3.2

Pre

pare

slid

eshow

for

pre

senta

tion

3.3

Chec

k pre

senta

tion m

eets

nee

ds,

usi

ng I

T t

ools

and

mak

ing c

orr

ections

as

nec

essa

ry

3.4

Id

entify

and r

espond t

o a

ny

qualit

y pro

ble

ms

with

pre

senta

tions

to e

nsu

re t

hat

pre

senta

tions

mee

t nee

ds

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

339

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

340


341


Unit code: 329


QCF level: 3

Credit value: 6


Unit summary


This unit is about the skills and knowledge required by an IT user to select and use a wide range of advanced presentation software tools and techniques effectively to produce presentations that are complex or non-routine.

Presentation tools and techniques will be described as ‘advanced’ because:

• the software tools and functions used will be complex and at times require new learning, which will involve having the idea that there may be a tool or function to do something (eg improve efficiency or create an effect), exploring technical support, self-teaching and applying

• the inputting, manipulating and outputting techniques will be complex, and will involve research, identification and application

• the user will take full responsibility for inputting, structuring, editing and presenting the information.




342




B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

343

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Input

and c

om

bin

e te

xt

and o

ther

info

rmation

within

pre

senta

tion s

lides

1.1

Exp

lain

what

typ

es o

f in

form

atio

n a

re r

equired

for

the

pre

senta

tion

1.2

Ente

r te

xt a

nd o

ther

info

rmation u

sing layo

uts

ap

pro

priat

e to

typ

e of in

form

atio

n

1.3

In

sert

chart

s an

d t

able

s an

d lin

k to

sourc

e dat

a

1.4

In

sert

im

ages

, vi

deo

or

sound t

o e

nhan

ce t

he

pre

senta

tion

1.5

Id

entify

any

const

rain

ts w

hic

h m

ay a

ffec

t th

e pre

senta

tion

1.6

O

rgan

ise

and c

om

bin

e in

form

ation for

pre

senta

tions

in lin

e w

ith a

ny

const

rain

ts

1.7

Sto

re a

nd r

etriev

e pre

senta

tion file

s ef

fect

ivel

y, in

line

with loca

l guid

elin

es a

nd c

onve

ntions

wher

e av

aila

ble

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

344

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2

Use

pre

senta

tion s

oft

war

e to

ols

to s

truct

ure

, ed

it a

nd

form

at

pre

senta

tions

2.1

Exp

lain

when

and h

ow

to u

se a

nd c

han

ge

slid

e st

ruct

ure

and t

hem

es t

o e

nhan

ce p

rese

nta

tions

2.2

Cre

ate,

am

end a

nd u

se a

ppro

priat

e te

mpla

tes

and

them

es for

slid

es

2.3

Exp

lain

how

inte

ract

ive

and p

rese

nta

tion e

ffec

ts

can b

e use

d t

o a

id m

eanin

g o

r im

pac

t

2.4

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priat

e te

chniq

ues

to e

dit a

nd

form

at

pre

senta

tions

to m

eet

nee

ds

2.5

Cre

ate

and u

se inte

ract

ive

elem

ents

to e

nhan

ce

pre

senta

tions

2.6

Sel

ect

and u

se a

nim

ation

and t

ransi

tion t

echniq

ues

ap

pro

priat

ely

to e

nhan

ce p

rese

nta

tions

3

Prep

are

inte

ract

ive

slid

eshow

for

pre

senta

tion

3.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

rese

nt

slid

es t

o c

om

munic

ate

ef

fect

ivel

y fo

r diffe

rent

conte

xts

3.2

Pre

pare

inte

ract

ive

slid

eshow

and a

ssoci

ated

pro

duct

s fo

r pre

senta

tion

3.3

Chec

k pre

senta

tion m

eets

nee

ds,

usi

ng I

T t

ools

and

mak

ing c

orr

ections

as

nec

essa

ry

3.4

Eva

luat

e pre

senta

tions,

iden

tify

any

qualit

y pro

ble

ms

and d

iscu

ss h

ow

to r

espond t

o t

hem

3.5

Res

pond a

ppro

priat

ely

to q

ualit

y pro

ble

ms

to

ensu

re t

hat

pre

senta

tions

mee

t nee

ds

and a

re fit

for

purp

ose

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

345

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

346


347

Unit title: Spreadsheet Software

Unit code: 130


QCF level: 1

Credit value: 3


Unit summary

This is the ability to use a software application designed to record data in rows and columns, perform calculations with numerical data and present information using charts and graphs.

This unit is about the skills and knowledge required by an IT user to use a range of basic spreadsheet software tools and techniques to produce, present and check spreadsheets that are straightforward or routine. Any aspect that is unfamiliar will require support and advice from others.

Spreadsheet software tools and techniques will be described as ‘basic’ because:

• the range of data entry, manipulation, formatting and outputting techniques are straightforward

• the tools, formulas and functions involved will be predetermined or commonly used (for example, add, divide, multiply and subtract)

• the structure and functionality of the spreadsheet will be predetermined or familiar.






B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

348

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Use

a s

pre

adsh

eet

to

ente

r, e

dit a

nd o

rgan

ise

num

eric

al a

nd o

ther

dat

a

1.1

Id

entify

what

num

eric

al a

nd o

ther

info

rmat

ion is

nee

ded

and h

ow

the

spre

adsh

eet

should

be

stru

cture

d t

o m

eet

nee

ds

1.2

Ente

r an

d e

dit n

um

eric

al a

nd o

ther

dat

a acc

ura

tely

1.3

Sto

re a

nd r

etriev

e sp

read

shee

t file

s ef

fect

ivel

y, in

line

with loca

l guid

elin

es a

nd c

onve

ntions

wher

e av

aila

ble

2

Use

appro

priat

e fo

rmula

s an

d t

ools

to s

um

mar

ise

and d

ispla

y sp

read

shee

t in

form

atio

n

2.1

Id

entify

how

to s

um

mar

ise

and d

ispla

y th

e re

quired

in

form

atio

n

2.2

U

se f

unct

ions

and form

ula

s to

mee

t ca

lcula

tion

requirem

ents

2.3

U

se s

pre

adsh

eet

tools

and t

echniq

ues

to s

um

mar

ise

and d

ispla

y in

form

atio

n

3

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priate

to

ols

and t

echniq

ues

to

pre

sent

spre

adsh

eet

info

rmat

ion e

ffec

tive

ly

3.1

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priate

tools

and t

echniq

ues

to

form

at s

pre

adsh

eet

cells

, ro

ws

and c

olu

mns

3.2

Id

entify

whic

h c

har

t or

gra

ph t

ype

to u

se t

o d

ispla

y in

form

atio

n

3.3

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priate

tools

and t

echniq

ues

to

gen

erat

e, d

evel

op a

nd form

at c

har

ts a

nd g

raphs

3.4

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priate

pag

e la

yout

to p

rese

nt

and p

rint

spre

adsh

eet

info

rmation

3.5

Chec

k in

form

atio

n m

eets

nee

ds,

usi

ng s

pre

adsh

eet

tools

and m

akin

g c

orr

ections

as

nec

essa

ry

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

349

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

350


351


Unit code: 230


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 4


Unit summary


This level is about the skills and knowledge required by an IT user to select and use a wide range of intermediate spreadsheet software tools and techniques to produce, present, and check spreadsheets that are at times non-routine or unfamiliar. Any aspect that is unfamiliar may require support and advice from others.

Spreadsheet software tools and techniques will be described as ‘intermediate’ because:

• the range of data entry, manipulation and outputting techniques will be at times non-routine or unfamiliar

• the tools, formulas and functions needed to analyse and interpret the data requires knowledge and understanding (for example, mathematical, logical, statistical or financial)

• the user will take some responsibility for setting up or developing the structure and functionality of the spreadsheet.




352




B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

353

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Use

a s

pre

adsh

eet

to

ente

r, e

dit a

nd o

rgan

ise

num

eric

al a

nd o

ther

dat

a

1.1

Id

entify

what

num

eric

al a

nd o

ther

info

rmat

ion is

nee

ded

in t

he

spre

adsh

eet

and h

ow

it

should

be

stru

cture

d

1.2

Ente

r an

d e

dit n

um

eric

al a

nd o

ther

dat

a acc

ura

tely

1.3

Com

bin

e and lin

k dat

a ac

ross

work

shee

ts

1.4

Sto

re a

nd r

etriev

e sp

read

shee

t file

s ef

fect

ivel

y, in

line

with loca

l guid

elin

es a

nd c

onve

ntions

wher

e av

aila

ble

2

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priate

fo

rmula

s and d

ata a

nal

ysis

to

ols

to m

eet

requirem

ents

2.1

Id

entify

whic

h t

ools

and t

echniq

ues

to u

se t

o

anal

yse

and m

anip

ula

te d

ata

to m

eet

requirem

ents

2.2

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ran

ge

of ap

pro

priat

e fu

nct

ions

and

form

ula

s to

mee

t ca

lcula

tion r

equirem

ents

2.3

U

se a

ran

ge

of to

ols

and t

echniq

ues

to a

nal

yse

and

man

ipula

te d

ata t

o m

eet

requirem

ents

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

354

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

3

Sel

ect

and u

se t

ools

and

tech

niq

ues

to p

rese

nt

and

form

at

spre

adsh

eet

info

rmat

ion

3.1

Pla

n h

ow

to p

rese

nt

and form

at s

pre

adsh

eet

info

rmat

ion e

ffec

tive

ly t

o m

eet

nee

ds

3.2

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priate

tools

and t

echniq

ues

to

form

at

spre

adsh

eet

cells

, ro

ws,

colu

mns

and

work

shee

ts

3.3

Sel

ect

and form

at a

n a

ppro

priate

chart

or

gra

ph

type

to d

ispla

y se

lect

ed info

rmation

3.4

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priate

pag

e la

yout

to p

rese

nt

and p

rint

spre

adsh

eet

info

rmation

3.5

Chec

k in

form

atio

n m

eets

nee

ds,

usi

ng s

pre

adsh

eet

tools

and m

akin

g c

orr

ections

as

nec

essa

ry

3.6

D

escr

ibe

how

to fin

d e

rrors

in s

pre

adsh

eet

form

ula

s

3.7

Res

pond a

ppro

priat

ely

to a

ny

pro

ble

ms

with

spre

adsh

eets

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


355


Unit code: 330


QCF level: 3

Credit value: 6


Unit summary


This unit is about the skills and knowledge required by an IT user to select and use a wide range of advanced spreadsheet software tools and techniques to produce, present and check complex and non-routine spreadsheets.

Spreadsheet software tools and techniques will be described as ‘advanced’ because:

• the range of data entry, manipulation and outputting techniques will be complex and non-routine

• the tools, formulas and functions needed to analyse and interpret the required information require complex and non-routine knowledge and understanding (for example, data restrictions, data validation using formula, pivot tables, data maps)

• the user will take full responsibility for setting up and developing the functionality of the spreadsheet.




356




B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

357

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Ente

r, e

dit a

nd o

rgan

ise

num

eric

al a

nd o

ther

dat

a 1.1

Id

entify

what

num

eric

al a

nd o

ther

info

rmat

ion is

nee

ded

in t

he

spre

adsh

eet

and h

ow

it

should

be

stru

cture

d

1.2

Ente

r an

d e

dit n

um

eric

al a

nd o

ther

dat

a acc

ura

tely

1.3

Com

bin

e and lin

k dat

a fr

om

diffe

rent

sourc

es

1.4

Sto

re a

nd r

etriev

e sp

read

shee

t file

s ef

fect

ivel

y, in

line

with loca

l guid

elin

es a

nd c

onve

ntions

wher

e av

aila

ble

2

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priate

fo

rmula

s and d

ata a

nal

ysis

to

ols

and t

echniq

ues

to

mee

t re

quirem

ents

2.1

Exp

lain

what

met

hods

can b

e use

d t

o s

um

mar

ise,

an

alys

e an

d inte

rpre

t sp

read

shee

t dat

a an

d w

hen

to

use

them

2.2

Sel

ect

and u

se a

wid

e ra

nge

of

appro

priate

fu

nct

ions

and form

ula

s to

mee

t ca

lcula

tion

requirem

ents

2.3

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ran

ge

of to

ols

and t

echniq

ues

to

anal

yse

and inte

rpre

t dat

a t

o m

eet

requirem

ents

2.4

Sel

ect

and u

se fore

cast

ing t

ools

and t

echniq

ues

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

358

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

3

Use

tools

and t

echniq

ues

to

pre

sent,

and f

orm

at

and p

ublis

h s

pre

adsh

eet

info

rmat

ion

3.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

rese

nt

and f

orm

at s

pre

adsh

eet

info

rmat

ion e

ffec

tive

ly t

o m

eet

nee

ds

3.2

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priate

tools

and t

echniq

ues

to

form

at

spre

adsh

eet

cells

, ro

ws,

colu

mns

and

work

shee

ts e

ffec

tive

ly

3.3

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priate

tools

and t

echniq

ues

to

gen

erat

e, d

evel

op a

nd form

at c

har

ts a

nd g

raphs

3.4

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priate

pag

e la

yout

to p

rese

nt,

print

and p

ublis

h s

pre

adsh

eet

info

rmat

ion

3.5

Exp

lain

how

to f

ind a

nd s

ort

out

any

erro

rs in

form

ula

s

3.6

Chec

k sp

read

shee

t in

form

atio

n m

eets

nee

ds,

usi

ng

IT t

ools

and m

akin

g c

orr

ections

as n

eces

sary

3.7

U

se a

uditin

g t

ools

to iden

tify

and r

espond

appro

priat

ely

to a

ny

pro

ble

ms

with s

pre

adsh

eets

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


359

Unit title: Website Software

Unit code: 131


QCF level: 1

Credit value: 3


Unit summary

This is the ability to use a software application designed for planning, designing and building websites.

This unit is about the skills and knowledge required by an IT user to use basic website software tools and techniques appropriately to produce straightforward or routine single web pages from pre-set templates. Any aspect that is unfamiliar will require support and advice from others.

Website software tools and techniques will be described as ‘basic’ because:

• the software tools and functions involved will be predefined or commonly used

• the range of inputting, manipulation and outputting techniques are straightforward or routine

• the template used for the content will be predetermined or familiar.






B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

360

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Plan

and c

reat

e w

eb p

ages

1.1

Id

entify

what

conte

nt

and lay

out

will

be

nee

ded

in

the

web

pag

e

1.2

Id

entify

the

purp

ose

of th

e w

ebpag

e an

d inte

nded

au

die

nce

1.3

Sel

ect

and u

se a

web

site

des

ign t

empla

te t

o c

reat

e a

single

web

pag

e

1.4

Ente

r or

inse

rt c

onte

nt

for

web

pag

es s

o t

hat

it

is

ready

for

editin

g a

nd f

orm

att

ing

1.5

O

rgan

ise

and c

om

bin

e in

form

ation n

eeded

for

web

pag

es

1.6

Id

entify

copyr

ight

and o

ther

const

rain

ts o

n u

sing

oth

ers’

info

rmat

ion

1.7

Id

entify

what

file

typ

es t

o u

se f

or

savi

ng c

onte

nt

1.8

Sto

re a

nd r

etriev

e w

eb file

s ef

fect

ivel

y, in lin

e w

ith

loca

l guid

elin

es a

nd c

onve

ntions

wher

e av

aila

ble

2

Use

web

site

soft

war

e to

ols

to

str

uct

ure

and f

orm

at

web

pag

es

2.1

Id

entify

what

editin

g a

nd f

orm

att

ing t

o u

se t

o a

id

both

cla

rity

and n

avig

atio

n

2.2

Sel

ect

and u

se w

ebsi

te f

eatu

res

to h

elp t

he

use

r nav

igat

e si

mple

web

site

s

2.3

U

se a

ppro

priat

e ed

itin

g a

nd f

orm

atting t

echniq

ues

2.4

Chec

k w

eb p

ages

mee

t nee

ds,

usi

ng I

T t

ools

and

mak

ing c

orr

ections

as

nec

essa

ry

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

361

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

3

Publis

h w

eb p

ages

to t

he

inte

rnet

or

an intr

anet

3.1

U

plo

ad c

onte

nt

to a

web

site

3.2

Res

pond a

ppro

priat

ely

to c

om

mon p

roble

ms

when

te

stin

g a

web

pag

e

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

362


363


Unit code: 231


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 4


Unit summary


This unit is about the skills and knowledge required by an IT user to select and use a wide range of intermediate website software tools and techniques to produce multiple-page websites. Any aspect that is unfamiliar may require support and advice from others.

Website software tools and techniques will be described as ‘intermediate’ because:


• the choice and use of development techniques will need to take account of a number of factors or elements

• the user will take some responsibility for planning the website, creating or altering the template, inputting, manipulating, linking and uploading the content.






B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

364

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Cre

ate

stru

cture

s an

d

styl

es for

web

site

s 1.1

D

escr

ibe

what

web

site

conte

nt

and layo

ut

will

be

nee

ded

for

each

pag

e

1.2

Pl

an a

nd c

reat

e w

eb p

age

tem

pla

tes

to layo

ut

1.3

Sel

ect

and u

se w

ebsi

te f

eatu

res

and s

truct

ure

s to

hel

p t

he

use

r nav

igate

round w

eb p

ages

within

the

site

1.4

Cre

ate,

sel

ect

and u

se s

tyle

s to

kee

p t

he

appea

rance

of w

eb p

ages

consi

sten

t an

d m

ake

them

eas

y to

under

stan

d

1.5

D

escr

ibe

how

copyr

ight

and o

ther

const

rain

ts m

ay

affe

ct t

he

web

site

1.6

D

escr

ibe

what

acc

ess

issu

es m

ay

nee

d t

o b

e ta

ken

into

acc

ount

1.7

D

escr

ibe

what

file

typ

es t

o u

se f

or

savi

ng c

onte

nt

1.8

Sto

re a

nd r

etriev

e file

s ef

fect

ivel

y, in lin

e w

ith loca

l guid

elin

es a

nd c

onve

ntions

wher

e av

aila

ble

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

365

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2

Use

web

site

soft

war

e to

ols

to

pre

par

e co

nte

nt

for

web

site

s

2.1

Pre

pare

conte

nt

for

web

pag

es s

o t

hat

it

is r

eady

for

editin

g a

nd form

atting

2.2

O

rgan

ise

and c

om

bin

e in

form

ation n

eeded

for

web

pag

es incl

udin

g a

cross

diffe

rent

soft

ware

2.3

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priat

e ed

itin

g a

nd f

orm

atting

tech

niq

ues

to a

id b

oth

cla

rity

and n

avig

atio

n

2.4

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priat

e dev

elopm

ent

tech

niq

ues

to

lin

k in

form

atio

n a

cross

pages

2.5

Chan

ge

the

file

form

ats

appro

priat

ely

for

conte

nt

2.6

Chec

k w

eb p

ages

mee

t nee

ds,

usi

ng I

T t

ools

and

mak

ing c

orr

ections

as

nec

essa

ry

3

Publis

h w

ebsi

tes

3.1

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priat

e te

stin

g m

ethods

to

chec

k th

at a

ll el

emen

ts o

f w

ebsi

tes

are

work

ing a

s pla

nned

3.2

Id

entify

any

qualit

y pro

ble

ms

with w

ebsi

tes

and

how

to r

espond t

o t

hem

3.3

Sel

ect

and u

se a

n a

ppro

priat

e pro

gra

mm

e to

uplo

ad a

nd p

ublis

h t

he

web

site

3.4

Res

pond a

ppro

priat

ely

to p

roble

ms

with m

ultip

le

pag

e w

ebsi

tes

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

366

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


367


Unit code: 331


QCF level: 3

Credit value: 5


Unit summary


This unit is about the skills and knowledge required by an IT user to select and use a range of advanced website software tools and techniques to develop multiple-page websites with multimedia and interactive features. Website software techniques will be described as ‘advanced’ because:

• the software tools and functions used will be complex and at times involve having the idea that there may be a tool or function to do something (eg improve efficiency or create an effect), exploring technical support, self-teaching and applying

• the development techniques will be complex, and will involve research, identification and application

• the user will take full responsibility for planning and developing the structure, inputting, manipulating, adding multimedia or interactive features, uploading and publishing the information.




368




B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

369

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Cre

ate

stru

cture

s an

d

styl

es a

nd u

se t

hem

to

pro

duce

web

site

s

1.1

D

eter

min

e w

hat

web

site

conte

nt

and lay

out

will

be

nee

ded

for

each

pag

e an

d f

or

the

site

1.2

Pl

an a

nd c

reat

e w

eb p

age

tem

pla

tes

to layo

ut

conte

nt

1.3

Sel

ect

and u

se w

ebsi

te f

eatu

res

and s

truct

ure

s to

en

han

ce w

ebsi

te n

avig

atio

n a

nd funct

ional

ity

1.4

Cre

ate,

sel

ect

and u

se s

tyle

s to

enhan

ce w

ebsi

te

consi

sten

cy a

nd r

eadab

ility

1.5

Pr

ovi

de

guid

ance

on law

s, g

uid

elin

es a

nd

const

rain

ts t

hat

aff

ect

the

conte

nt

and u

se o

f w

ebsi

tes

1.6

Exp

lain

what

acc

ess

issu

es m

ay n

eed t

o b

e ta

ken

into

acc

ount

1.7

Exp

lain

when

and w

hy

to u

se d

iffe

rent

file

typ

es f

or

savi

ng c

onte

nt

1.8

Sto

re a

nd r

etriev

e file

s ef

fect

ivel

y, in lin

e w

ith loca

l guid

elin

es a

nd c

onve

ntions

wher

e av

aila

ble

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

370

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2

Sel

ect

and u

se w

ebsi

te

soft

war

e to

ols

and

feat

ure

s to

dev

elop

multip

le p

age

web

site

s w

ith m

ultim

edia

and

inte

ract

ive

feat

ure

s

2.1

Pre

pare

conte

nt

for

web

pag

es s

o t

hat

it

is r

eady

for

editin

g a

nd form

atting

2.2

O

rgan

ise

and c

om

bin

e in

form

ation n

eeded

for

web

pag

es in lin

e w

ith a

ny

copyr

ight

const

rain

ts,

incl

udin

g a

cross

diffe

rent

soft

ware

2.3

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priat

e ed

itin

g a

nd f

orm

atting

tech

niq

ues

to a

id m

eanin

g

2.4

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priat

e pro

gra

mm

ing a

nd

dev

elopm

ent

tech

niq

ues

to a

dd fea

ture

s and

enhan

ce w

ebsi

tes

2.5

Sel

ect

and u

se file

form

ats

that

mak

e in

form

atio

n

easi

er t

o d

ow

nlo

ad

2.6

Chec

k w

eb p

ages

mee

t nee

ds,

usi

ng I

T t

ools

and

mak

ing c

orr

ections

as

nec

essa

ry

3

Publis

h a

nd t

est

multip

le

pag

e w

ebsi

tes

with

multim

edia

and inte

ract

ive

feat

ure

s

3.1

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priat

e te

stin

g m

ethods

to

chec

k th

at a

ll el

emen

ts a

nd fea

ture

s of co

mple

x w

ebsi

tes

are

work

ing a

s pla

nned

3.2

Id

entify

any

qualit

y pro

ble

ms

with w

ebsi

tes

and

expla

in h

ow

to r

espond t

o t

hem

3.3

Sel

ect

and u

se a

n a

ppro

priat

e pro

gra

mm

e to

uplo

ad a

nd p

ublis

h t

he

web

site

and m

ake

sure

that

it w

ill d

ow

nlo

ad e

ffic

iently

3.4

Res

pond a

ppro

priat

ely

to q

ualit

y pro

ble

ms

with

web

site

s to

ensu

re o

utc

om

es a

re fit f

or

purp

ose

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

371

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

372


373

Unit title: Word Processing Software

Unit code: 132


QCF level: 1

Credit value: 3


Unit summary

This is the ability to use a software application designed for the creation, editing and production of largely text-based documents.

This unit is about the skills and knowledge required by an IT User to use a range of basic word processing software tools and techniques to produce appropriate, straightforward or routine documents. Any aspect that is unfamiliar will require support and advice from others.

Word processing tools and techniques will described as ‘basic’ because:

• the software tools and functions will be predetermined or commonly used

• the techniques needed for text entry, manipulation and outputting will be straightforward or routine.






B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

374

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Ente

r, e

dit a

nd c

om

bin

e te

xt a

nd o

ther

info

rmat

ion

accu

rate

ly w

ithin

word

pro

cess

ing d

ocu

men

ts

1.1

Id

entify

what

typ

es o

f in

form

atio

n a

re n

eeded

in

docu

men

ts

1.2

Id

entify

what

tem

pla

tes

are

avai

lable

and w

hen

to

use

them

1.3

U

se k

eyboar

d o

r oth

er input

met

hod t

o e

nte

r or

inse

rt t

ext

and o

ther

info

rmation

1.4

Com

bin

e in

form

ation o

f diffe

rent

types

or

from

diffe

rent

sourc

es into

a d

ocu

men

t

1.5

Ente

r in

form

atio

n into

exi

stin

g t

able

s, form

s an

d

tem

pla

tes

1.6

U

se e

ditin

g t

ools

to a

men

d d

ocu

men

t co

nte

nt

1.7

Sto

re a

nd r

etriev

e docu

men

t file

s ef

fect

ivel

y, in lin

e w

ith loca

l guid

elin

es a

nd c

onve

ntions

wher

e av

aila

ble

2

Str

uct

ure

info

rmation

within

word

pro

cess

ing

docu

men

ts

2.1

Cre

ate

and m

odify

table

s to

org

anis

e ta

bula

r or

num

eric

info

rmat

ion

2.2

Sel

ect

and a

pply

hea

din

g s

tyle

s to

tex

t

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

375

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

3

Use

word

pro

cess

ing

soft

war

e to

ols

to form

at

and p

rese

nt

docu

men

ts

3.1

Id

entify

what

form

atting t

o u

se t

o e

nhan

ce

pre

senta

tion o

f th

e docu

men

t

3.2

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priat

e te

chniq

ues

to form

at

char

acte

rs a

nd p

arag

raphs

3.3

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priate

pag

e la

yout

to

pre

sent

and p

rint

docu

men

ts

3.4

Chec

k docu

men

ts m

eet

nee

ds,

usi

ng I

T t

ools

and

mak

ing c

orr

ections

as

nec

essa

ry

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

376


377

Unit title: Word Processing software

Unit code: 232


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 4


Unit summary


This unit is about the skills and knowledge required by an IT user to select and use a range of intermediate word processing software tools and techniques to produce documents that are at times non-routine or unfamiliar. Any aspect that is unfamiliar may require support and advice from others.

Word processing tools and techniques will be described as ‘intermediate’ because:


• the choice of techniques will need to take account of a number of factors or elements

• the user will take some responsibility for the inputting, manipulating and outputting of the information.






B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

378

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Ente

r an

d c

om

bin

e te

xt

and o

ther

info

rmation

accu

rate

ly w

ithin

word

pro

cess

ing d

ocu

men

ts

1.1

Id

entify

what

typ

es o

f in

form

atio

n a

re n

eeded

in

docu

men

ts

1.2

U

se a

ppro

priat

e te

chniq

ues

to e

nte

r te

xt a

nd o

ther

in

form

atio

n a

ccura

tely

and e

ffic

iently

1.3

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priat

e te

mpla

tes

for

diffe

rent

purp

ose

s

1.4

Id

entify

when

and h

ow

to c

om

bin

e an

d m

erge

info

rmat

ion fro

m o

ther

soft

ware

or

oth

er

docu

men

ts

1.5

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ran

ge

of ed

itin

g t

ools

to a

men

d

docu

men

t co

nte

nt

1.6

Com

bin

e or

mer

ge

info

rmation w

ithin

a d

ocu

men

t fr

om

a r

ange

of

sourc

es

1.7

Sto

re a

nd r

etriev

e docu

men

t an

d t

empla

te file

s ef

fect

ivel

y, in lin

e w

ith loca

l guid

elin

es a

nd

conve

ntions

wher

e ava

ilable

2

Cre

ate

and m

odify

layo

ut

and s

truct

ure

s fo

r w

ord

pro

cess

ing d

ocu

men

ts

2.1

Id

entify

the

docu

men

t re

quirem

ents

for

stru

cture

an

d s

tyle

2.2

Id

entify

what

tem

pla

tes

and s

tyle

s ar

e av

aila

ble

an

d w

hen

to u

se t

hem

2.3

Cre

ate

and m

odify

colu

mns,

tab

les

and form

s to

org

anis

e in

form

ation

2.4

Sel

ect

and a

pply

sty

les

to t

ext

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

379

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

3

Use

word

pro

cess

ing

soft

war

e to

ols

to form

at

and p

rese

nt

docu

men

ts

effe

ctiv

ely

to m

eet

requirem

ents

3.1

Id

entify

how

the

docu

men

t sh

ould

be

form

atte

d t

o

aid m

eanin

g

3.2

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priat

e te

chniq

ues

to form

at

char

acte

rs a

nd p

arag

raphs

3.3

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priate

pag

e and s

ection

layo

uts

to p

rese

nt

and p

rint

docu

men

ts

3.4

D

escr

ibe

any

qualit

y pro

ble

ms

with d

ocu

men

ts

3.5

Chec

k docu

men

ts m

eet

nee

ds,

usi

ng I

T t

ools

and

mak

ing c

orr

ections

as

nec

essa

ry

3.6

Res

pond a

ppro

priat

ely

to q

ualit

y pro

ble

ms

with

docu

men

ts

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

380


381

Unit title: Word Processing Software

Unit code: 332


QCF level: 3

Credit value: 6


Unit summary


This unit is about the skills and knowledge required by an IT user to select and use a range of advanced word processing software tools and techniques to produce complex and non-routine documents.

Word processing tools and techniques will be described as ‘advanced’ because:

• the software tools and functions will be complex and at times require new learning, which will involve having the idea that there may be a tool or function to do something (eg improve efficiency or create an effect), exploring technical support, self-teaching and applying

• the techniques required will be complex, and the process of selecting appropriate techniques may involve research, identification and application

• the user will take full responsibility for the inputting, manipulating and outputting of the information.




382




B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

383

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Ente

r an

d c

om

bin

e te

xt

and o

ther

info

rmation

accu

rate

ly w

ithin

word

pro

cess

ing d

ocu

men

ts

1.1

Sum

mar

ise

what

typ

es o

f in

form

atio

n a

re n

eeded

fo

r th

e docu

men

t an

d h

ow

they

should

be

linke

d o

r in

tegra

ted

1.2

U

se a

ppro

priat

e te

chniq

ues

to e

nte

r te

xt a

nd o

ther

ty

pes

of

info

rmation a

ccura

tely

and e

ffic

iently

1.3

Cre

ate,

use

and m

odify

appro

priat

e te

mpla

tes

for

diffe

rent

types

of docu

men

ts

1.4

Exp

lain

how

to c

om

bin

e an

d m

erge

info

rmat

ion

from

oth

er s

oft

war

e or

multip

le d

ocu

men

ts

1.5

Com

bin

e and m

erge

info

rmation w

ithin

a d

ocu

men

t fr

om

a r

ange

of

sourc

es

1.6

Sto

re a

nd r

etriev

e docu

men

t an

d a

ssoci

ated

file

s ef

fect

ivel

y, in lin

e w

ith loca

l guid

elin

es a

nd

conve

ntions

wher

e ava

ilable

1.7

Sel

ect

and u

se t

ools

and t

echniq

ues

to w

ork

with

multip

le d

ocu

men

ts o

r use

rs

1.8

Cust

om

ise

inte

rface

to m

eet

nee

ds

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

384

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2

Cre

ate

and m

odify

appro

priat

e la

youts

, st

ruct

ure

s an

d s

tyle

s fo

r w

ord

pro

cess

ing

docu

men

ts

2.1

Anal

yse

and e

xpla

in t

he

requirem

ents

for

stru

cture

an

d s

tyle

2.2

Cre

ate,

use

and m

odify

colu

mns,

tab

les

and form

s to

org

anis

e in

form

atio

n

2.3

D

efin

e an

d m

odify

styl

es f

or

docu

men

t el

emen

ts

2.4

Sel

ect

and u

se t

ools

and t

echniq

ues

to o

rgan

ise

and s

truct

ure

long d

ocu

men

ts

3

Use

word

pro

cess

ing

soft

war

e to

ols

and

tech

niq

ues

to f

orm

at a

nd

pre

sent

docu

men

ts

effe

ctiv

ely

to m

eet

requirem

ents

3.1

Exp

lain

how

the

info

rmat

ion s

hould

be

form

atte

d t

o

aid m

eanin

g

3.2

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priat

e te

chniq

ues

to form

at

char

acte

rs a

nd p

arag

raphs

3.3

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priate

pag

e and s

ection

layo

uts

to p

rese

nt

and p

rint

multi-

pag

e an

d m

ulti-

sect

ion d

ocu

men

ts

3.4

Chec

k docu

men

ts m

eet

nee

ds,

usi

ng I

T t

ools

and

mak

ing c

orr

ections

as

nec

essa

ry

3.5

Eva

luat

e th

e qual

ity

of th

e docu

men

ts p

roduce

d t

o

ensu

re t

hey

are

fit f

or

purp

ose

3.6

Res

pond a

ppro

priat

ely

to a

ny

qual

ity

pro

ble

ms

with

docu

men

ts t

o e

nsu

re t

hat

outc

om

es m

eet

nee

ds

and a

re fit f

or

purp

ose

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

385

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

386


387

Unit title: Project Management Software

Unit code: 133


QCF level: Level 1

Credit value: 3


Unit summary

This is the ability to use a software application that plans, organises and monitors completion of the component tasks within a project in logical sequence, given constraints of people and resource availability. This is not about managing a project although these standards may also be applicable to the project manager.

This unit is about the skills and knowledge required by an IT user to use a range of basic project management software tools and techniques to input and edit straightforward or routine information about projects. Any aspect that is unfamiliar will require support and advice from others.

At this level project management tools and techniques will be described as ‘basic’ because:

• the software tools and functions will be predefined in templates or commonly used

• the range of entry, manipulation and outputting techniques will be straightforward or routine

• the inputting, manipulating and outputting of the information is in response to prompts and is directed by the project manager.




388




B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

389

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Cre

ate

and d

efin

e a

pro

ject

1.1

Id

entify

the

mai

n c

om

ponen

ts o

f th

e pro

ject

m

anag

emen

t so

ftw

are

1.2

Id

entify

the

info

rmation a

bout

the

pro

ject

that

must

be

incl

uded

1.3

Cre

ate

a new

pro

ject

file

usi

ng t

empla

tes

wher

e ap

pro

priat

e

1.4

Sto

re a

nd r

etriev

e pro

ject

man

agem

ent

file

s ef

fect

ivel

y in

lin

e w

ith loca

l guid

elin

es for

stora

ge

and u

se o

f dat

a w

her

e ap

plic

able

2

Ente

r an

d e

dit info

rmat

ion

about

pro

ject

tas

ks a

nd

reso

urc

es

2.1

Id

entify

typ

es o

f ta

sks,

mile

stones

, dea

dlin

es a

nd

const

rain

ts

2.2

Ente

r an

d e

dit info

rmat

ion a

bout

pro

ject

tas

ks

2.3

Id

entify

tim

e an

d r

esourc

es r

equired

for

the

pro

ject

2.4

Apply

a t

ask

cal

endar

for

sched

ulin

g t

asks

2.5

Ente

r an

d e

dit info

rmat

ion a

bout

reso

urc

es f

or

use

in

the

pro

ject

2.6

M

ark

any

dep

enden

cies

bet

wee

n t

asks

2.7

Ass

ign r

esourc

es t

o t

asks

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

390

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

3

Updat

e in

form

atio

n a

bout

pro

ject

pro

gre

ss

3.1

U

se e

ditin

g a

nd f

orm

atting t

echniq

ues

to u

pdat

e pro

ject

ele

men

ts

3.2

U

pdat

e ta

sk s

tatu

s in

lin

e w

ith p

rogre

ss

3.3

U

pdat

e in

form

atio

n a

bout

reso

urc

es a

s re

quired

4

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priate

to

ols

and t

echniq

ues

to

dis

pla

y an

d r

eport

on

pro

ject

sta

tus

4.1

U

se f

ilter

ing a

nd f

orm

atting t

echniq

ues

to d

ispla

y pro

ject

info

rmat

ion t

o m

eet

nee

ds

4.2

Sel

ect

and g

ener

ate

pro

ject

rep

ort

s usi

ng p

re-

def

ined

form

ats

to m

eet

nee

ds

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


391


Unit code: 233


QCF level: Level 2

Credit value: 4


Unit summary


This unit is about the skills and knowledge required by an IT user to select and use a wide range of intermediate project management software tools and techniques to input and edit information that is at times non-routine or unfamiliar in order to support the planning and management of projects.

Project management tools and techniques will be described as ‘intermediate’ because:

• the software tools and functions used will be at times non-routine

• the choice and use of input, manipulation and output techniques will need to take account of a number of factors or elements

• the user will take some responsibility for inputting, structuring, editing and presenting the information, which at times may be non-routine or unfamiliar.




392




B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

393

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Cre

ate

and d

efin

e a

pro

ject

1.1

Id

entify

the

critic

al info

rmation a

bout

the

pro

ject

th

at m

ust

be

incl

uded

1.2

Cre

ate,

sto

re a

nd r

etriev

e pro

ject

man

agem

ent

file

s ef

fect

ivel

y in

lin

e w

ith loca

l guid

elin

es for

stora

ge

and u

se o

f dat

a w

her

e ap

plic

able

1.3

D

efin

e th

e pro

ject

file

pro

per

ties

and p

roje

ct

options

2

Ente

r an

d e

dit info

rmat

ion

about

pro

ject

tas

ks a

nd

reso

urc

es

2.1

Id

entify

the

critic

al t

ask

s an

d m

ilest

ones

to b

e co

mple

ted

2.2

Ente

r an

d e

dit info

rmat

ion a

bout

pro

ject

tas

ks

2.3

Id

entify

any

dea

dlin

es a

nd c

onst

rain

ts w

hic

h a

pply

to

the

pro

ject

2.4

Id

entify

iss

ues

of

reso

urc

e av

aila

bili

ty a

nd

utilis

atio

n

2.5

Cre

ate

and a

pply

a t

ask

cal

endar

for

sched

ulin

g

task

s

2.6

Ente

r an

d e

dit info

rmat

ion a

bout

reso

urc

es f

or

use

in

the

pro

ject

2.7

Adju

st t

empla

tes

for

pro

ject

info

rmat

ion

2.8

Set

up a

nd e

dit d

epen

den

cies

bet

wee

n t

asks

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

394

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

3

Updat

e in

form

atio

n a

bout

pro

ject

pro

gre

ss

3.1

D

escr

ibe

the

met

hods

to u

pdate

and r

eport

in

form

atio

n a

bout

pro

ject

pro

gre

ss

3.2

U

se e

ditin

g a

nd f

orm

atting t

echniq

ues

to u

pdat

e pro

ject

ele

men

ts

3.3

U

pdat

e ta

sk s

tatu

s in

lin

e w

ith p

rogre

ss

3.4

U

pdat

e in

form

atio

n a

bout

reso

urc

es a

s re

quired

3.5

Com

par

e act

ual

pro

gre

ss w

ith p

roje

ct b

ase

line

and

resc

hed

ule

unco

mple

ted t

ask

s

3.6

Id

entify

any

risk

s an

d iss

ues

that

may

have

an

impac

t on t

he

pro

ject

4

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priate

to

ols

and t

echniq

ues

to

dis

pla

y an

d r

eport

on

pro

ject

sta

tus

4.1

Sel

ect

and c

reat

e pro

ject

rep

ort

s to

mee

t nee

ds

4.2

U

se f

ilter

ing a

nd f

orm

atting t

echniq

ues

to d

ispla

y pro

ject

info

rmat

ion t

o m

eet

nee

ds

4.3

Shar

e pro

ject

info

rmat

ion w

ith o

ther

applic

atio

ns

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


395


Unit code: 333


QCF level: 3

Credit value: 5


Unit summary


This unit is about the skills and knowledge required by an IT user to select and use a wide range of advanced project management software tools and techniques to input and modify complex information to support the planning and management of multiple projects.

Project management tools and techniques at this level will be described as ‘advanced’ because:

• the software tools and functions used will be complex and at times require the user to search for and apply a solution or alternative approach by exploring technical support, or self-teaching

• approaches to the inputting, manipulating and outputting of information will be complex, and will involve research, identification and application

• the user will take full responsibility for inputting, structuring, editing and managing the information within the software package.




396




B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

397

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Cre

ate

and d

efin

e a

pro

ject

1.1

Exp

lain

the

critic

al info

rmation a

bout

the

pro

ject

th

at m

ust

be

incl

uded

1.2

Cre

ate,

sto

re a

nd r

etriev

e pro

ject

man

agem

ent

file

s in

lin

e w

ith loca

l guid

elin

es w

her

e ap

plic

able

1.3

D

efin

e th

e pro

ject

file

pro

per

ties

and p

roje

ct

options

1.4

Cre

ate

mast

er a

nd s

ub-p

roje

cts

1.5

Cre

ate

links

acr

oss

pro

ject

s an

d m

anag

e ch

anges

to

lin

ked t

asks

2

Ente

r an

d e

dit info

rmat

ion

about

pro

ject

tas

ks a

nd

reso

urc

es

2.1

Id

entify

the

critic

al t

ask

s an

d m

ilest

ones

to b

e co

mple

ted

2.2

Exp

lain

how

to s

et u

p a

ny

dea

dlin

es a

nd c

onst

rain

ts

whic

h a

pply

to t

he

pro

ject

2.3

Ente

r an

d e

dit info

rmat

ion a

bout

pro

ject

tas

ks

2.4

Exp

lain

how

to r

esolv

e is

sues

of re

sourc

e av

aila

bili

ty a

nd u

tilis

ation

2.5

Ente

r an

d e

dit info

rmat

ion a

bout

reso

urc

es t

o b

e use

d in t

he

pro

ject

2.6

Cre

ate

and a

pply

a t

ask

cal

endar

for

sched

ulin

g

task

s

2.7

Id

entify

and r

esolv

e any

issu

es o

f re

sourc

e al

loca

tion

2.8

D

efin

e an

d s

et u

p d

epen

den

cies

bet

wee

n t

asks

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

398

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

3

Updat

e in

form

atio

n a

bout

pro

ject

pro

gre

ss

3.1

Exp

lain

the

met

hods

avai

lable

to t

rack

pro

ject

pro

gre

ss a

nd r

evie

w a

gai

nst

pla

ns

3.2

U

se e

ditin

g a

nd f

orm

atting t

echniq

ues

to u

pdat

e pro

ject

ele

men

ts

3.3

U

pdat

e ta

sk s

tatu

s in

lin

e w

ith p

rogre

ss

3.4

U

pdat

e in

form

atio

n a

bout

reso

urc

es a

s re

quired

3.5

Com

par

e act

ual

pro

gre

ss w

ith p

roje

ct b

ase

line

and

resc

hed

ule

unco

mple

ted t

ask

s

3.6

Id

entify

and a

sses

s th

e im

pac

t of risk

s an

d iss

ues

on t

he

pro

ject

3.7

M

anag

e in

form

atio

n o

n p

roje

ct r

isks

and iss

ues

4

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priate

to

ols

and t

echniq

ues

to

dis

pla

y an

d r

eport

on

pro

ject

sta

tus

4.1

Cre

ate

and c

ust

om

ise

pro

ject

rep

ort

s to

mee

t nee

ds

4.2

U

se f

ilter

ing a

nd f

orm

atting t

echniq

ues

to d

ispla

y pro

ject

info

rmat

ion t

o m

eet

nee

ds

4.3

Shar

e pro

ject

info

rmat

ion w

ith o

ther

applic

atio

ns

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


399

Unit title: Imaging Software

Unit code: 134


QCF level: 1

Credit value: 3


Unit summary

This is the ability to use a software application designed to create, modify and layout images for display in print or on a screen.

This unit is about the skills and knowledge required by an IT user to use basic imaging software tools and techniques appropriately to produce straightforward or routine images. Any aspect that is unfamiliar will require support and advice from others.

Imaging software tools and techniques will be described as ‘basic’ because:

• the range of inputting, manipulation and outputting techniques will be straightforward or routine

• the software tools and functions involved will be predefined or commonly used

• the type and structure of the task will be predetermined or familiar.






B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

400

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Obta

in,

inse

rt a

nd

com

bin

e in

form

ation for

imag

es

1.1

Id

entify

what

im

ages

are

nee

ded

1.2

O

bta

in,

input

and p

repar

e im

ages

to m

eet

nee

ds

1.3

Id

entify

what

gen

eric

copyr

ight

and o

ther

co

nst

rain

ts a

pply

to t

he

use

of im

ages

1.4

Com

bin

e in

form

ation o

f diffe

rent

types

or

from

diffe

rent

sourc

es f

or

imag

es

1.5

Id

entify

the

conte

xt in w

hic

h t

he

images

will

be

use

d

1.6

Id

entify

whic

h f

ile form

at t

o u

se for

savi

ng a

nd

exch

angin

g im

ages

1.7

Sto

re a

nd r

etriev

e file

s ef

fect

ivel

y, in lin

e w

ith loca

l guid

elin

es a

nd c

onve

ntions

wher

e av

aila

ble

2

Use

im

agin

g s

oft

ware

to

ols

to c

reat

e,

man

ipula

te a

nd e

dit

imag

es

2.1

U

se s

uitab

le t

ools

and t

echniq

ues

to c

reat

e im

ages

2.2

U

se a

ppro

priat

e to

ols

and t

echniq

ues

to m

anip

ula

te

and e

dit im

ages

2.3

Chec

k im

ages

mee

t nee

ds,

usi

ng I

T t

ools

and

mak

ing c

orr

ections

as

nec

essa

ry

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

401

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

402


403


Unit code: 234


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 4


Unit summary


This unit is about the skills and knowledge required by an IT user to select and use a range of intermediate imaging software tools and techniques to produce at times non-routine or unfamiliar images. Any aspect that is unfamiliar may require support and advice from others.

Imaging software tools and techniques at this level are described as ‘intermediate’ because:

• the range of entry, manipulation and outputting techniques will be at times non-routine or unfamiliar


• the user will take some responsibility for setting up or developing the type or structure.






B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

404

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Obta

in,

inse

rt a

nd

com

bin

e in

form

ation for

imag

es

1.1

D

escr

ibe

what

im

ages

are

nee

ded

1.2

O

bta

in,

input

and p

repar

e im

ages

to m

eet

nee

ds

1.3

D

escr

ibe

what

copyr

ight

and o

ther

const

rain

ts

apply

to t

he

use

of im

ages

1.4

U

se a

ppro

priat

e te

chniq

ues

to o

rgan

ise

and

com

bin

e in

form

ation o

f diffe

rent

types

or

from

diffe

rent

sourc

es

1.5

D

escr

ibe

the

conte

xt in w

hic

h t

he

images

will

be

use

d

1.6

D

escr

ibe

what

file

form

at t

o u

se for

savi

ng im

ages

to

suit d

iffe

rent

pre

senta

tion m

ethods

1.7

Sto

re a

nd r

etriev

e file

s ef

fect

ivel

y, in lin

e w

ith loca

l guid

elin

es a

nd c

onve

ntions

wher

e av

aila

ble

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

405

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2

Use

im

agin

g s

oft

ware

to

ols

to c

reat

e,

man

ipula

te a

nd e

dit

imag

es

2.1

Id

entify

what

tec

hnic

al fact

ors

aff

ecting im

ages

nee

d t

o b

e ta

ken into

acc

ount

and h

ow

to d

o s

o

2.2

Sel

ect

and u

se s

uitab

le t

echniq

ues

to c

reat

e im

ages

2.3

U

se g

uid

e lin

es a

nd d

imen

sionin

g t

ools

ap

pro

priat

ely

to e

nhan

ce p

reci

sion

2.4

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priate

tools

and t

echniq

ues

to

man

ipula

te a

nd e

dit im

ages

2.5

Chec

k im

ages

mee

t nee

ds,

usi

ng I

T t

ools

and

mak

ing c

orr

ections

as

nec

essa

ry

2.6

Id

entify

and r

espond t

o qualit

y pro

ble

ms

with

imag

es t

o m

ake

sure

that

they

mee

t nee

ds

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

406


407


Unit code: 334


QCF level: 3

Credit value: 5


Unit summary


This unit is about the skills and knowledge required by an IT user to select and use a wide range of advanced imaging software tools and techniques to create complex and non-routine images.

Imaging software tools and techniques will be described as ‘advanced’ because:

• the software tools and functions used will be complex and at times require new learning, which will involve having the idea that there may be a tool or function to do something (eg improve efficiency or create an effect) exploring technical support, self-teaching and applying

• the inputting, manipulating and outputting techniques will be multi-step and complex, and will involve research, identification and application

• the user will take full responsibility for inputting, structuring, editing and presenting the information.






B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

408

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Obta

in,

inse

rt a

nd

com

bin

e in

form

ation for

imag

es

1.1

Exp

lain

what

im

ages

are

nee

ded

1.2

Exp

lain

how

the

conte

xt a

ffec

ts t

he

way

imag

es

should

be

pre

par

ed

1.3

Pro

vide

guid

ance

on w

hat

and h

ow

any

copyr

ight

or

oth

er c

onst

rain

ts m

ay a

pply

to t

he

use

of

ow

n a

nd

oth

ers’

im

ages

1.4

O

bta

in,

inse

rt a

nd p

repar

e im

ages

1.5

Exp

lain

how

file

form

at a

ffec

ts im

age

qual

ity,

fo

rmat

and s

ize

and h

ow

to c

hoose

appro

priat

e fo

rmats

for

savi

ngs

imag

es

1.6

U

se a

ppro

priat

e te

chniq

ues

to o

rgan

ise

and

com

bin

e in

form

ation o

f diffe

rent

types

or

from

diffe

rent

sourc

es

1.7

Sto

re a

nd r

etriev

e file

s ef

fect

ivel

y, in lin

e w

ith

guid

elin

es a

nd c

onve

ntions

wher

e av

aila

ble

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

409

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

2

Use

im

agin

g s

oft

ware

to

ols

to c

reat

e,

man

ipula

te a

nd e

dit

imag

es

2.1

Exp

lain

what

tec

hnic

al fa

ctors

aff

ecting im

ages

nee

d t

o b

e ta

ken into

acc

ount

and h

ow

to d

o s

o

2.2

Sel

ect

and u

se s

uitab

le t

ools

and t

echniq

ues

ef

fici

ently

to c

reat

e im

ages

2.3

U

se g

uid

e lin

es a

nd d

imen

sionin

g t

ools

ap

pro

priat

ely

to e

nhan

ce p

reci

sion

2.4

Sel

ect

and u

se a

ppro

priate

tools

and t

echniq

ues

to

man

ipula

te a

nd e

dit im

ages

2.5

Chec

k im

ages

mee

t nee

ds,

usi

ng I

T t

ools

and

mak

ing c

orr

ections

as

nec

essa

ry

2.6

Id

entify

and r

espond a

ppro

priat

ely

to q

ual

ity

pro

ble

ms

to e

nsu

re t

hat

im

ages

are

fit for

purp

ose

an

d m

eet

nee

ds

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


410


411

Unit title: Copper Cable Jointing and Closure Techniques


QCF level: 3

Credit value: 23


Unit summary

This unit enables the learner to develop the skills, knowledge and understanding requirement to safely construct and maintain joints in the telecommunications network. This unit is particularly focused on working with copper cabling.



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

412

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Tra

ck a

nd loca

te

under

gro

und s

ervi

ces

usi

ng a

cable

loca

tor

1.1

Car

ry o

ut

funct

ional

chec

ks o

n a

cab

le loca

tor

1.2

U

se a

cab

le loca

tor

to:

–

loca

te a

nd t

rack

an u

nder

gro

und c

able

te

rmin

ating o

n a

know

n p

oin

t

–

loca

te a

nd t

rack

a c

able

in a

duct

bet

wee

n t

wo

know

n p

oin

ts

–

loca

te a

blo

ckage

in a

duct

–

loca

te a

buried

cove

r.

1.3

D

escr

ibe

the

range

of under

gro

und s

ervi

ces

(eg

elec

tric

ity,

wat

er,

gas)

and h

ow

to iden

tify

them

.

2

Safe

ly a

ssem

ble

and

dis

man

tle

port

able

pro

pan

e eq

uip

men

t

2.1

Exp

lain

safe

ty c

onsi

der

atio

ns

when

work

ing w

ith

and s

toring p

ropan

e eq

uip

men

t

2.2

Saf

ely

connec

t an

d d

isco

nnec

t port

able

equip

men

t to

a p

ropane

cylin

der

2.3

Chec

k co

nnec

ted e

quip

men

t fo

r le

aks

2.4

Car

ry o

ut

an e

mer

gen

cy r

epair t

o a

gas

hose

2.5

Saf

ely

store

and t

ransp

ort

pro

pan

e eq

uip

men

t

2.6

Exp

lain

the

pro

cedure

s to

follo

w in c

ase

of an

in

ciden

t.

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

413

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

3

Const

ruct

and m

ain

tain

jo

int

closu

res

3.1

Saf

ely

ente

r an

exi

stin

g join

t cl

osu

re

3.2

Exp

lain

the

actions

to t

ake

if

the

join

t is

found t

o b

e def

ective

(eg

wet

or

corr

oded

join

ts)

3.3

Exp

lain

the

actions

to t

ake

if

an o

bso

lete

clo

sure

is

found o

n a

cab

le

3.4

Exp

lain

when

a c

losu

re c

an a

nd c

annot

be

use

d t

o

house

inte

rnal

and e

xter

nal ca

ble

s

3.5

Clo

se a

join

t (e

g inlin

e or

cap e

nd c

losu

res)

to t

he

required

qual

ity

stan

dar

ds

4

Const

ruct

a t

empora

ry

join

t cl

osu

re

4.1

Exp

lain

the

circ

um

stan

ces

in w

hic

h a

tem

pora

ry

join

t cl

osu

re is

appro

priat

e

4.2

Fi

t a t

empora

ry c

losu

re t

o a

non-p

ress

urise

d c

able

5

Prep

are

and join

t under

gro

und c

opper

ca

ble

s

5.1

Pre

pare

copper

cab

les

for

join

ting.

5.2

D

escr

ibe

the

circ

uit iden

tifica

tion s

yste

ms

for

copper

cab

les.

5.3

Sel

ect

and u

se t

he

appro

priate

connec

tors

to

const

ruct

a join

t acc

ord

ing t

o m

anufa

cture

r’s

inst

ruct

ions.

5.4

U

se a

tes

ter

to c

arr

y out

continuity

chec

ks o

n

join

ted c

ircu

its.

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

414

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

6

Prep

are

and t

erm

inat

e co

pper

cab

les

6.1

Pr

epare

a c

opper

cab

le f

or

term

inat

ion,

acc

ord

ing

to t

ype

of

connec

tion r

equired

6.2

U

se a

n a

ppro

priat

e to

ol to

ter

min

ate

wires

on t

o

the

term

inal

blo

ck

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


415

Unit title: Fibre Telecommunications Techniques


QCF level: 3

Credit value: 15


Unit summary

This unit enables the learner to develop the skills, knowledge and understanding requirement to safely install and maintain components in an optical fibre telecommunications network



B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

416

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

1

Under

stan

d t

he

pro

per

ties

, st

ruct

ure

s an

d

com

ponen

ts incl

uded

in

typic

al fib

re

tele

com

munic

atio

ns

net

work

s

1.1

Id

entify

diffe

rent

types

of optica

l fibre

1.2

. Id

entify

the

phys

ical

com

ponen

ts r

equired

to b

uild

a

fibre

infr

astr

uct

ure

1.3

Exp

lain

the

diffe

rent

stru

cture

s use

d in f

ibre

net

work

s, a

nd w

hen

diffe

rent

stru

cture

s sh

ould

be

use

d

2

Under

stan

d s

afe

work

ing

pra

ctic

es w

hen

work

ing

with o

ptica

l fibre

net

work

s

2.1

Id

entify

key

saf

ety

consi

der

atio

ns

when

work

ing

with o

ptica

l fibre

2.2

Id

entify

any

exis

ting r

isk

ass

essm

ents

for

work

ing

with fib

re n

etw

ork

s

2.3

Exp

lain

how

to d

ispose

of

redundan

t or

dam

aged

optica

l fibre

s

3

Know

the

qual

ity

stan

dar

ds

and

docu

men

tation

requirem

ents

when

w

ork

ing o

n t

he

optica

l fibre

net

work

3.1

Exp

lain

the

qual

ity

stan

dar

ds

that

apply

for

all

inst

alla

tion a

nd m

ainte

nan

ce w

ork

on t

he

optica

l fibre

net

work

3.2

Exp

lain

what

tec

hnic

al docu

men

tation n

eeds

to b

e co

mple

ted b

efore

and a

fter

under

taki

ng w

ork

on

the

fibre

net

work

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

417

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

Date

4

Prep

are

and inst

all optica

l fibre

com

ponen

ts in

exch

anges

and c

ust

om

er

pre

mis

es

4.1

Pr

epare

optica

l fibre

com

ponen

ts for

use

4.2

Pr

ovi

de

fibre

s fr

om

a c

ust

om

er p

rem

ises

poin

t of

entr

y to

the

equip

men

t fibre

pig

tails

for

both

tw

o-

fibre

and s

ingle

-fib

re w

ork

ing

4.3

Tes

t co

mponen

ts b

efore

com

mis

sionin

g t

he

com

ponen

ts

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


418


419

Further information

Our customer service numbers are:

BTEC and NVQ 0844 576 0026

GCSE 0844 576 0027

GCE 0844 576 0025

The Diploma 0844 576 0028

DiDA and other qualifications 0844 576 0031

Calls may be recorded for training purposes.

Useful publications

Related information and publications include:

• Edexcel NVQ Handbook published annually

• Functional skills publications – specifications, tutor support materials and question papers

• Regulatory Arrangements for the Qualification and Credit Framework (published by Ofqual, August 2008)

• the current Edexcel publications catalogue and update catalogue.

Edexcel publications concerning the Quality Assurance System and the internal and standards verification of vocationally related programmes can be found on the Edexcel website.

NB: Some of our publications are priced. There is also a charge for postage and packing. Please check the cost when you order.

How to obtain National Occupational Standards

e-skills UK 1 Castle Lane London SW1E 6DR Telephone: 0207 963 8920 Fax: 0207 592 9138 Email: [email protected]


420

Professional development and training

Edexcel supports UK and international customers with training related to NVQ and BTEC qualifications. This support is available through a choice of training options offered in our published training directory or through customised training at your centre.

The support we offer focuses on a range of issues including:

• planning for the delivery of a new programme

• planning for assessment and grading

• developing effective assignments

• building your team and teamwork skills

• developing student-centred learning and teaching approaches

• building functional skills into your programme

• building effective and efficient quality assurance systems.

The national programme of training we offer can be viewed on our website (www.edexcel.com/training). You can request customised training through the website or by contacting one of our advisers in the Training from Edexcel team via Customer Services to discuss your training needs.

The training we provide:

• is active

• is designed to be supportive and thought provoking

• builds on best practice

• may be suitable for those seeking evidence for their continuing professional development.


421

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

422

Annex

e A

: Pro

gres

sion

pat

hw

ays

The

Edex

cel/

BT

EC q

ual

ific

atio

n f

ram

ewor

k fo

r th

e In

form

atio

n T

echnol

ogy

and T

elec

omm

unic

atio

ns

sect

or

Progre

ssio

n o

pport

unitie

s w

ithin

the

fram

ework

.

Level

Gen

era

l q

uali

fica

tio

ns

BTEC

fu

ll v

oca

tio

nall

y-

rela

ted

qu

ali

fica

tio

ns

BTEC

sp

eci

ali

st c

ou

rses

NV

Q/

occ

up

ati

on

al

5

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

5 H

ND

D

iplo

ma

in C

om

puting a

nd

Sys

tem

s D

evel

opm

ent

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

5

Dip

lom

a in

Pro

fess

ional

Soft

ware

Dev

elopm

ent

4

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

4 H

NC

Dip

lom

a in

Com

puting a

nd

Sys

tem

s D

evel

opm

ent

3

Edex

cel Adva

nce

d

Subsi

dia

ry G

CE in A

pplie

d

ICT (

Sin

gle

Aw

ard/D

ouble

Aw

ard)

Edex

cel Adva

nce

d G

CE in

Applie

d I

CT (

Sin

gle

Aw

ard/D

ouble

Aw

ard)

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

3

Cer

tifica

te/S

ubsi

dia

ry

Dip

lom

a/D

iplo

ma/

Ext

ended

D

iplo

ma

in I

T

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

3

Cer

tifica

te/S

ubsi

d

Dip

lom

a/D

iplo

ma/

Ext

ended

D

iplo

ma

in I

T (

Spec

ialis

t)

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

3

Aw

ard/C

ertifica

te/D

iplo

ma

for

IT U

sers

(IT

Q)

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

3

Cer

tifica

te/D

iplo

ma

in I

CT

Sys

tem

s and P

rinci

ple

s

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

3

Dip

lom

a in

Pro

fess

ional

Com

pet

ence

for

IT a

nd

Tel

ecom

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s

B026690 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

423

Level

Gen

era

l q

uali

fica

tio

ns

BTEC

fu

ll v

oca

tio

nall

y-

rela

ted

qu

ali

fica

tio

ns

BTEC

sp

eci

ali

st c

ou

rses

NV

Q/

occ

up

ati

on

al

2

Edex

cel Fu

nct

ional Ski

lls

qual

ific

ation in I

CT a

t Le

vel

2

Edex

cel G

CSE in I

CT

Edex

cel G

CSE in I

CT

(Double

Aw

ard)

Edex

cel Le

vel 2 A

war

d in

Dig

ital Applic

atio

ns

for

IT

Use

rs

Edex

cel Le

vel 2 C

ertifica

te

in D

igital Applic

atio

ns

for

IT U

sers

Edex

cel Le

vel 2 E

xten

ded

Cer

tifica

te in D

igital

Applic

atio

ns

for

IT U

sers

Edex

cel Le

vel 2 D

iplo

ma

in

Dig

ital Applic

atio

ns

for

IT

Use

rs

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2

Cer

tifica

te/E

xten

ded

Cer

tifica

te/D

iplo

ma

in I

T

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2

Cer

tifica

te/E

xten

ded

Cer

tifica

te/D

iplo

ma

in I

T

(Spec

ialis

t)

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2

Aw

ard/C

ertifica

te/D

iplo

ma

for

IT U

sers

(IT

Q)

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2

Cer

tifica

te in I

CT S

yste

ms

and P

rinci

ple

s

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2

Cer

tifica

te/D

iplo

ma

in

Profe

ssio

nal

Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s

B026690 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

424

Level

Gen

era

l q

uali

fica

tio

ns

BTEC

fu

ll v

oca

tio

nall

y-

rela

ted

qu

ali

fica

tio

ns

BTEC

sp

eci

ali

st c

ou

rses

NV

Q/

occ

up

ati

on

al

1

Edex

cel Fu

nct

ional Ski

lls

qual

ific

ation in I

CT a

t Le

vel

1

Edex

cel G

CSE in I

CT

Edex

cel G

CSE in I

CT

(Double

Aw

ard)

Edex

cel Le

vel 1 A

war

d in

Dig

ital Applic

atio

ns

for

IT

Use

rs

Edex

cel Le

vel 1 C

ertifica

te

in D

igital Applic

atio

ns

for

IT U

sers

Edex

cel Le

vel 1 E

xten

ded

Cer

tifica

te in D

igital

Applic

atio

ns

for

IT U

sers

Edex

cel Le

vel 1 D

iplo

ma

in

Dig

ital Applic

atio

ns

for

IT

Use

rs

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

1

Aw

ard f

or

IT U

sers

(IT

Q)

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

1

Cer

tifica

te f

or

IT U

sers

(I

TQ

)

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

1

Dip

lom

a fo

r IT

Use

rs (

ITQ

)

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

1

Aw

ard f

or

IT U

sers

(IT

Q)

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

1

Cer

tifica

te f

or

IT U

sers

(I

TQ

)

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

1

Dip

lom

a fo

r IT

Use

rs (

ITQ

)

En

try

Edex

cel Fu

nct

ional Ski

lls

qual

ific

ations

in I

T a

t Entr

y 1,

2 a

nd 3

Edex

cel Entr

y Le

vel 3 B

TEC

Aw

ard/C

ertifica

te for

IT

Use

rs (

ITQ

)

B026690 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Lev

el 2

, Le

vel 3 a

nd L

evel

4 D

iplo

mas

in P

rofe

ssio

nal Com

pet

ence

fo

r IT

and T

elec

om

s Pro

fess

ional

s (Q

CF)

– I

ssue

2 –

May

2011

© E

dex

cel Li

mited

2011

425


426

Annexe B: Quality assurance

Key principles of quality assurance

• A centre delivering Edexcel qualifications must be an Edexcel recognised centre and must have approval for qualifications that it is offering.

• The centre agrees as part of gaining recognition to abide by specific terms and conditions around the effective delivery and quality assurance of assessment; the centre must abide by these conditions throughout the period of delivery.

• Edexcel makes available to approved centres a range of materials and opportunities to exemplify the processes required for effective assessment and provide examples of effective standards. Approved centres must use the guidance on assessment to ensure that staff who are delivering Edexcel qualifications are applying consistent standards.

• An approved centre must follow agreed protocols for: standardisation of assessors; planning, monitoring and recording of assessment processes; internal verification and recording of internal verification processes; and for dealing with special circumstances, appeals and malpractice.

Quality assurance processes

The approach to quality assured assessment is made through a partnership between a recognised centre and Edexcel. Edexcel is committed to ensuring that it follows best practice and employs appropriate technology to support quality assurance process where practicable. Therefore, the specific arrangements for working with centres will vary. Edexcel seeks to ensure that the quality assurance processes that it uses do not place undue bureaucratic processes on centres and works to support centres in providing robust quality assurance processes.

The learning outcomes and assessment criteria in each unit within this specification set out the standard to be achieved by each learner in order to gain each qualification. Edexcel operates a quality assurance process, which is designed to ensure that these standards are maintained by all assessors and verifiers.

For the purposes of quality assurance all individual qualifications and units are considered as a whole. Centres offering these qualifications must be committed to ensuring the quality of the units and qualifications they offer, through effective standardisation of assessors and internal verification of assessor decisions. Centre quality assurance and assessment processes are monitored by Edexcel.


427

The Edexcel quality assurance processes will involve:

• gaining centre recognition and qualification approval if a centre is not currently approved to offer Edexcel qualifications

• annual visits to centres by Edexcel for quality review and development of overarching processes and quality standards. Quality review and development visits will be conducted by an Edexcel quality development reviewer

• annual visits by occupationally competent and qualified Edexcel Standards Verifiers for sampling of internal verification and assessor decisions for the occupational sector

• the provision of support, advice and guidance towards the achievement of National Occupational Standards.

Centres are required to declare their commitment to ensuring quality and appropriate opportunities for learners that lead to valid and accurate assessment outcomes. In addition, centres will commit to undertaking defined training and online standardisation activities.


428

Annexe C: Centre certification and registration

Edexcel Standards Verifiers will provide support, advice and guidance to centres to achieve Direct Claims Status (DCS). Edexcel will maintain the integrity of Edexcel QCF NVQs and competence based qualifications through ensuring that the awarding of these qualifications is secure. Where there are quality issues identified in the delivery of programmes, Edexcel will exercise the right to:

• direct centres to take actions

• limit or suspend certification

• suspend registration.

The approach of Edexcel in such circumstances is to work with the centre to overcome the problems identified. If additional training is required, Edexcel will aim to secure the appropriate expertise to provide this.

What are the access arrangements and special considerations for the qualifications in this specification?

Centres are required to recruit learners to Edexcel qualifications with integrity.

Appropriate steps should be taken to assess each applicant’s potential and a professional judgement made about their ability to successfully complete the programme of study and achieve the qualification. This assessment will need to take account of the support available to the learner within the centre during their programme of study and any specific support that might be necessary to allow the learner to access the assessment for the qualification. Centres should consult Edexcel’s policy on learners with particular requirements.

Edexcel’s policy on access arrangements and special considerations for Edexcel qualifications aims to enhance access to the qualifications for learners with disabilities and other difficulties (as defined by the 1995 Disability Discrimination Act and the amendments to the Act) without compromising the assessment of skills, knowledge, understanding or competence. Please refer to Access Arrangements and Special Considerations for BTEC and Edexcel NVQ Qualifications for further details. www.edexcel.com.


429


430

Annexe D: Assessment strategy

In the Edexcel BTEC Professional Competence Diplomas (QCF), all units are internally assessed. The qualifications are criterion referenced, based on the achievement of all the specified learning outcomes.

Each unit within the qualification has specified assessment criteria which must be used. To achieve a ‘pass’ a learner must have satisfied all the assessment criteria.

1 Unit assessment

Unless otherwise specified (see 3 below) all units may be assessed using any method, or combination of methods, which clearly demonstrates that the learning outcomes and assessment criteria have been met.

2 Real work activities

a Learners must complete real work activities for specified units1 in order to produce evidence to demonstrate they have met the NOS and are occupationally competent.

b Simulation is an allowed assessment method for all units not specified under a. above.

c Simulation is also allowed for aspects of units specified in a. above when:

• a learner is required to complete a work activity that does not occur on a regular basis and therefore opportunities to complete a particular work activity do not easily arise

• a learner is required to respond to a situation that rarely occurs, such as responding to an emergency situation

• the safety of a learner, other individuals and/or resources will be put at risk.

d When simulation is used, assessors must be confident that the simulation replicates the workplace to such an extent that learners will be able to fully transfer their occupational competence to the workplace and real situations.

The current list of specified units is given as an Appendix.

3 Assessment

a Assessors must be competent in the areas they are assessing i.e. have sufficient and relevant technical/occupational competence in the unit, at or above the level of the unit being assessed

b Assessors must be fully conversant with the unit(s) against which the assessments are to be undertaken.

c Assessment of real work or simulated must be to recognised standards2.

1 This will be indicated in the ‘Additional assessment requirements’ field of the QCF unit descriptor. A list of relevant units will be maintained by e-skills UK. 2 Currently as specified by unit A1 and/or unit A2


431

Assessment requirements

1 Verification a IT & Telecom professional competence qualifications must be verified:

• internally by an internal verifier, who is accountable to the assessment centre; and

• externally by an Edexcel external verifier, who is accountable to the awarding organisation or an agent of the awarding organisation.

b internal verifiers must: • have sufficient and relevant technical/occupational familiarity in

the unit(s) being verified;

• be fully conversant with the standards and assessment criteria in the units to be assessed; and

• understand the awarding organisation’s quality assurance systems and requirements for this qualification.

c external verifiers must: • 3hold or be working towards a suitable external verification

qualification to confirm they understand and are able to carry out external verification;

• have no connections with the assessment centre, in order to maintain objectivity;

• have sufficient and relevant technical/occupational understanding in the unit(s) being verified;

• be fully conversant with the standards and performance criteria in the units to be assessed; and

• understand the awarding organisation’s quality assurance systems for this qualification.

d Trainee external verifiers must have a plan, which is overseen by the awarding organisation, to achieve the external verifier qualification within an agreed timescale.

3 Currently an external verifier needs to hold unit V2. Or from the past unit D35.


432

Appendix – List of Units for which work based evidence is required

(all levels)

Customer Care in ICT

Health and Safety for ICT

Managing Software Development

Personal Effectiveness

Quality Management for ICT

Remote Support

Security of ICT Systems

Software Installation and Upgrade

System Management

System Operation

Technical Fault Diagnosis

Technical Advice and Guidance

Testing ICT Systems

User Profile Administration

Working with ICT Hardware and Equipment


433


434

Annexe E: Relationship between new and legacy units

New Competence Units

The following new units have been developed to replace the existing QCF/NVQ units within the Professional Competence qualifications:

Reference New Competence Unit Level Legacy Competence Unit

A/601/3164 Computer Games Development

2 New

F/601/3165 Computer Games Development

3 New

L/601/3167 Creating A Procedural Computer Program

2 Software Development – Component Creation

R/601/3171 Creating A Procedural Computer Program


T/601/3177 Creating An Event-driven Computer Program


F/601/3179 Creating An Event-driven Computer Program


A/601/3181 Creating An Object-oriented Computer Program


L/601/3184 Creating An Object-oriented Computer Program


A/601/3200 Data Modelling 2 Data Analysis & Data Structure Design

L/601/3203 Data Modelling 3 Data Analysis & Data Structure Design

R/601/3297 Data Structures And Algorithms

4 Data Analysis & Data Structure Design

L/601/3315 Designing And Developing A Website

4 Software Design

J/601/3300 Designing And Developing Event-Driven Computer Programs

4 Software Design

T/601/3308 Designing And Developing Object-Oriented Computer Programs

4 Software Design


435

Reference New Competence Unit LevelLegacy Competence Unit

T/601/3311 Designing And Developing Procedural Computer Programs

4 Software Design

Y/601/3317 Develop Own Effectiveness And Professionalism

2 Develop Personal And Organisational Effectiveness

H/601/3501 Develop Own Effectiveness And Professionalism


K/601/3502 Develop Own Effectiveness And Professionalism


J/601/3247 Introduction To IT Systems Development

2 Investigating And Defining Requirements

R/601/3249 Investigating And Defining Customer Requirements For ICT Systems


R/602/1772 Investigating And Defining Requirements For ICT Systems


F/601/3506 Technical Advice And Guidance

2 Technical Advice And Guidance

J/601/3507 Technical Advice And Guidance

3 Technical Advice And Guidance

T/601/3292 Technical Fault Diagnosis 2 Technical Fault Diagnosis

A/601/3293 Technical Fault Diagnosis 3 Technical Fault Diagnosis

Y/500/7345 Tech Advice And Guidance 4 Technical Advice And Guidance

4428seb060511 S:\LT\PD\NVQ COMPETENCE\B026690 L2-4 Dip Prof Comp IT & Telecoms (QCF)_Issue 2.1-442/1

Publications Code B026690 May 2011 For more information on Edexcel and BTEC qualifications please visit our website: www.edexcel.com Edexcel Limited. Registered in England and Wales No. 4496750 Registered Office: One90 High Holborn, London WC1V 7BH. VAT Reg No 780 0898 07

http://www.edexcel.com/�

specification - herefordshire and ludlow...

Documents